How Long 'Til Bedtime?: Recent Episodes
Allison Egidi
Allison Egidi, a pediatric sleep and wellness coach and mother of two girls, offers listeners solutions for infant and children’s sleep and connects you with other helpful parenting and motherhood resources. As a full-time working mom who traveled frequently for years and now works from a home office, Allison has learned how to put her evidence-based approaches to work in real life. She brings her straight-forward attitude and a side of humor to every episode.
The back-to-school season isn't just an adjustment for preschoolers and elementary-aged children. In many ways, the tween and teen years present the biggest sleep challenge of all.
As children move through puberty, their circadian rhythm naturally shifts later, making it harder to fall asleep early, just as school start times require earlier wake-ups. Add in homework, sports, extracurricular activities, social lives, and screens, and many middle and high school students are functioning with far less sleep than they need.
In this episode, Allison explains what's actually happening to your tween or teen's brain and body during adolescence, why so many older children are chronically sleep deprived, and the practical steps parents can take to help.
She discusses the latest research on teen sleep, the connection between sleep and academic performance, anxiety, depression, athletic performance, and emotional regulation, and why helping older kids prioritize sleep may be one of the greatest gifts parents can give them.
Whether you have a middle schooler who's suddenly impossible to wake up or a high school student staying up late to finish homework, this episode offers practical, research-backed strategies to help your child get the sleep they need to thrive.
In this episode, Allison discusses: * Why puberty naturally shifts a child's circadian rhythm * How much sleep tweens and teens actually need * Why school schedules work against adolescent biology * The latest research showing teens are getting less sleep than ever before * The connection between sleep, learning, memory, and academic performance * How sleep deprivation affects anxiety, depression, and emotional regulation * Why sleep deprivation can mimic ADHD symptoms * Signs your tween or teen is simply "getting by" instead of thriving * Why weekend sleep-ins and long naps can make school-week sleep even harder * The importance of consistent sleep schedules * How screens, late-night texting, and homework affect sleep * Why Allison doesn't recommend screens in bedrooms * The role bedtime routines still play during the teen years * Thoughts on melatonin use for adolescents * Practical ways parents can help older children prioritize sleep
Resources mentioned:
Episode 187. Teen Sleep & Anxiety: What a 12th Grader Wants Parents to Know with Lizzie Pisani
Episode 249. Preschool Sleep Schedule: How to Get Ready for Back to School
Episode 250. Starting Kindergarten? How Sleep Can Make the Transition Easier
Episode 251.How to Help Your Elementary School Child Sleep Better This School Year
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison's free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best, day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Back-to-school season is here, and while parents are busy shopping for backpacks, lunchboxes, and school supplies, one of the most important tools for a successful school year often gets overlooked: sleep.
In this episode, Allison explains why sleep is one of the biggest predictors of academic success, emotional regulation, physical health, and overall well-being for elementary-aged children. Drawing from more than a decade of experience working with families, and her own experiences raising two daughters, she shares how to tell if your child is simply getting by or truly thriving.
You'll learn how much sleep elementary school children really need, why bedtime matters more than many parents realize, how to adjust your child's schedule before school starts, and why missing your child's natural sleep window can actually make bedtime harder.
Allison also shares a personal story about how just two later bedtimes each week noticeably affected her daughter's school performance, illustrating just how powerful adequate sleep can be.
Whether your child is entering kindergarten or finishing elementary school, this episode will help you create healthy sleep habits that support learning, behavior, and a smoother school year.
In this episode, you'll learn: * The difference between a child who is "getting by" versus truly thriving * How much sleep elementary school children actually need * Why sleep before learning, after learning, and before a test all matter * How sleep impacts learning, memory, behavior, emotional regulation, and anxiety * Why sleep deprivation can mimic ADHD symptoms * The surprising way a small amount of lost sleep affected Allison's daughter's grades * How to shift your child's sleep schedule before school begins * Why catching your child's natural "sleep wave" makes bedtime easier * How to avoid the bedtime second wind * Simple evening habits that promote better sleep * When to use an earlier "rescue bedtime" during the school year
Chapter Markers 00:00 Welcome + Why I'm Writing a Maine Family Travel Guide
02:28 Intro: Why Sleep Is an Elementary School Superpower
03:35 Is Your Child Just Getting By…or Truly Thriving?
05:57 How Much Sleep Do Elementary Schoolers Really Need?
08:56 Why Sleep Matters for Learning, Behavior & Anxiety
11:28 The UVA Basketball Experiment: How Two Hours of Lost Sleep Changed My Daughter's Grades
14:22 How to Shift Your Child's Schedule Before School Starts
16:04 Why Earlier Bedtimes Often Work Better (The "Second Wind" Explained)
18:55 Evening Habits That Help Kids Fall Asleep Faster
19:48 Resources: The Well-Rested Student Workshop & Sleep Consultations
20:35 Key Takeaways for a Successful School Year
Resources mentioned:
Get more help with Allison's on demand workshop, The Well-Rested Student: Helping Your Child Sleep Better This School Year or with a one on one consultation
Related episodes:
Episode 236. The Rescue Bedtime: What It Is and How to Use It for Overtired Babies and Toddlers
Episode 249. Preschool Sleep Schedule: How to Get Ready for Back to School
Episode 250. Starting Kindergarten? How Sleep Can Make the Transition Easier
Episode 98. 4 Signs Your Kindergartner Could Benefit From More Sleep
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Starting kindergarten is one of the biggest transitions of early childhood. Even children who have spent years in daycare or preschool often find kindergarten far more demanding than parents expect.
In this episode, Allison explains why sleep should be at the top of every parent's back-to-school checklist. She shares how kindergarten differs from preschool, how much sleep most kindergartners actually need, and why a well-rested child is better equipped to learn, regulate emotions, handle separation at drop-off, and enjoy the school day.
Drawing from over a decade of experience as a pediatric sleep coach, Allison walks parents through practical steps for adjusting their child's sleep schedule before school starts and what to expect during those first exhausting weeks (or months) of kindergarten.
She also discusses research linking healthy sleep habits to better academic, emotional, and social outcomes throughout the kindergarten year, along with four common signs that a child isn't getting enough sleep.
If your child is heading to kindergarten this fall, or has already started school, this episode will help you create a sleep plan that sets them up for a smoother, happier school year.
In this episode you'll learn: * Why kindergarten is often a bigger adjustment than daycare or preschool * How much sleep a 5- to 6-year-old typically needs * Why many kindergartners benefit from a 7:00 p.m. (or earlier) bedtime * Four signs your child isn't getting enough sleep * How sleep impacts learning, memory, emotional regulation, and behavior * Why sleep deprivation can sometimes mimic ADHD symptoms * How sleep affects separation anxiety and school drop-offs * How to shift your child's sleep schedule before school begins * When to use a rescue bedtime during the first weeks of kindergarten * Practical strategies to help your child thrive throughout the school year
Resources mentioned:
Episode 105. What Your Child's Kindergarten Teacher Wishes You Knew with Meg Franco
Episode 236. The Rescue Bedtime: What It Is and How to Use It for Overtired Babies and Toddlers
Episode 98. 4 Signs Your Kindergartner Could Benefit From More Sleep
Shopping at Cozy Earth? Use Allison's code SLEEPCOACH for 20% off and be sure to tell them you heard about them from us!
Chapter Markers 02:20 Why kindergarten is a much bigger transition than parents expect
06:20 How much sleep does a kindergartner need?
08:55 Research: How sleep improves kindergarten success
10:10 Sleep, learning, and memory
11:00 Emotional regulation, behavior & ADHD-like symptoms
12:20 Sleep and separation anxiety at school drop-off
13:45 Four signs your kindergartner needs more sleep
16:20 The bedtime "second wind" explained
17:10 How to prepare your child's sleep schedule before school starts
18:45 Rescue bedtimes for the first weeks of kindergarten
20:00 Final tips for a smoother kindergarten transition
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
If your preschooler is heading to school for the first time, or getting ready for another school year, there's one thing Allison hopes you'll add to your back-to-school checklist: sleep.
Parents often focus on backpacks, school supplies, and lunchboxes, but a well-rested child is more likely to adjust smoothly to new routines, regulate emotions, retain what they're learning, and enjoy the preschool experience.
In this episode, Allison shares practical strategies to help parents prepare their preschooler for a successful school year. She explains how much sleep preschoolers really need, when to begin shifting bedtime before school starts, why an earlier bedtime can make all the difference, and how sleep impacts learning, behavior, and separation anxiety.
She also discusses naps at preschool, what to expect during those first exhausting weeks of school, and why a "rescue bedtime" can help children adjust to the increased demands of the school day.
Whether your child is starting preschool for the first time or returning after summer break, this episode will help you build a sleep routine that supports a happier, more confident start to the school year.
In this episode, Allison discusses: * How much sleep preschoolers really need * Why sleep is one of the best ways to prepare for preschool * How to shift bedtime before school starts * Signs your preschooler may need an earlier bedtime * How sleep supports learning, memory, and emotional regulation * The connection between sleep and separation anxiety * Why the first weeks of preschool are often exhausting * How and when to use a rescue bedtime * What parents should know about preschool naps * Tips for children attending half-day preschool programs
Resources mentioned:
Episode 104. What Your Child's Preschool Teacher Wishes You Knew with Elizabeth Lane
Episode 236. The Rescue Bedtime: What It Is and How to Use It for Overtired Babies and Toddlers
Episode 81. How Much Sleep Does a Toddler or Preschooler Need?
Shopping at Cozy Earth? Use Allison's code SLEEPCOACH for 20% off and be sure to tell them that we sent you!
Chapter Markers:
00:00 Summer recap and why back-to-school sleep matters
02:40 Why sleep should be part of your preschool checklist
04:20 How much sleep does a preschooler need?
07:00 When to start shifting your child's sleep schedule
09:40 How sleep affects learning and behavior at preschool
13:00 Sleep and separation anxiety at school drop-off
14:30 Why the first weeks of preschool are so exhausting
16:15 Using a rescue bedtime after school
17:00 Preschool naps: What parents should expect
20:00 Half-day preschool schedules and nap timing
21:30 Final tips for a smooth back-to-school transition
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Pediatrician Dr. Stephanie Grice explains when parents should call the doctor, when a fever is concerning, signs of dehydration, and how to know when a sick child needs medical care.
How do you know when your sick child needs to see the doctor? It's one of the most common questions parents ask. Whether your child wakes up with a fever, develops a rash, starts vomiting, or simply seems "off," it can be difficult to know when to call the pediatrician, when to wait it out at home, and when immediate medical attention is needed.
In this final installment of our Summer Pediatrician Series, Allison welcomes back pediatrician Dr. Stephanie Grice to help parents navigate childhood illnesses with greater confidence.
Dr. Grice explains how pediatricians think about fevers, dehydration, respiratory illnesses, vomiting, diarrhea, rashes, and other common childhood symptoms. She also shares practical advice for determining when symptoms can be monitored at home versus when it's time to schedule a sick visit, head to urgent care, or seek emergency medical attention.
Whether you're caring for a newborn, toddler, school-aged child, or teen, this conversation will help you feel more prepared the next time illness strikes your household.
In This Episode, You'll Learn: * When to call the pediatrician for a sick child * When a fever is cause for concern * Signs of dehydration in babies and children * When vomiting and diarrhea require medical attention * How pediatricians evaluate respiratory illnesses * When a rash should be checked by a healthcare provider * The difference between a sick visit, urgent care visit, and emergency room visit * How to monitor symptoms at home * Why your child's behavior often matters more than the thermometer reading * How to trust your parental instincts when your child is sick
Chapter Markers 02:00 The Most Common Question Parents Ask: Does My Child Need to See the Doctor?
04:30 When to Call the Pediatrician vs. Wait It Out
08:15 Understanding Fevers in Babies and Children
12:00 When Is a Fever an Emergency?
15:00 Signs of Dehydration in Children
18:30 Vomiting and Diarrhea: When to Be Concerned
22:00 Respiratory Illnesses, Coughs, and Breathing Concerns
26:30 RSV, Viruses, and Common Childhood Illnesses
29:00 When Should a Rash Be Evaluated?
31:45 Sick Visit, Urgent Care, or Emergency Room?
34:30 Trusting Your Parenting Instincts When Your Child Is Sick
Resources Mentioned * Episode 246. [ENCORE] Making The Most of Your Child's Well Visit with Dr. Stephanie Grice - Summer Pediatrician Series #1 * Episode 247. [ENCORE] Understanding the Growth Chart with Dr. Stephanie Grice - Summer Pediatrician Series #2 * Episode 43. Every Breastfeeding & Feeding Journey is Unique with Dr. Stephanie Grice * Connect with Dr. Grice on Instagram or her website
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison's free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Pediatrician Dr. Stephanie Grice joins Allison to explain how growth charts work, what percentiles really mean, when parents should be concerned, and why healthy growth is about patterns over time, not a single number.
Dr. Grice explains how pediatricians use growth charts to monitor a child's health over time, why percentiles are often misunderstood, and what parents should focus on instead. She also discusses common reasons a pediatrician may become concerned about a child's growth, how growth charts factor into feeding and nutrition conversations, and why growth patterns matter far more than any single number.
If you've ever worried that your child is too small, too big, not gaining enough weight, or falling off their curve, this episode will help you better understand what growth charts can, and cannot, tell us.
In This Episode, You'll Learn: * What growth chart percentiles actually mean * Why a higher percentile is not necessarily better * How pediatricians evaluate healthy growth over time * When a child's growth pattern may warrant further investigation * Why genetics play an important role in growth * How growth charts are used when evaluating infant feeding concerns * The connection between growth, nutrition, and development * How growth charts can help guide decisions about dropping night feedings * Why parents should avoid obsessing over percentile rankings * What pediatricians wish parents understood about growth charts
Chapter Markers 01:35 Why Parents Worry About Growth Charts
03:15 What Growth Chart Percentiles Actually Mean
05:40 Is a Higher Growth Percentile Better?
08:10 How Pediatricians Use Growth Charts
10:45 When Should Parents Be Concerned About Growth?
13:30 Why Growth Patterns Matter More Than Percentiles
15:50 Genetics and Your Child's Growth Curve
18:15 How Growth Charts Help Identify Feeding Concerns
20:40 Infant Feeding, Weight Gain, and Growth Monitoring
22:00 Can Growth Charts Help Determine When to Drop Night Feedings?
23:45 The 4-Month Checkup: Questions to Ask Your Pediatrician About Sleep and Feeding
26:00 What Your Pediatrician Wants You to Know About Growth Charts
Resources Mentioned * Episode 246. [ENCORE] Making The Most of Your Child's Well Visit with Dr. Stephanie Grice - Summer Pediatrician Series #1 * Episode 43. Every Breastfeeding & Feeding Journey is Unique with Dr. Stephanie Grice * Connect with Dr. Grice on Instagram or her website
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison's free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Pediatrician Dr. Stephanie Grice joins Allison for the first installment of a three-part summer series. Together, they take a deep dive into well visits, from infancy through the teen years, covering what pediatricians are looking for, how parents can prepare, and how these appointments evolve as children grow.
Dr. Grice shares practical advice for preparing children for checkups, reducing anxiety around vaccines, navigating sensitive topics, and knowing which questions are best addressed during a well visit versus a separate appointment. Allison also shares her own experiences helping her daughters prepare for appointments and discusses ways parents can partner with their pediatrician to support healthy habits at home.
Whether you're bringing in a newborn, a nervous preschooler, a school-age child, or a teenager, this conversation will help you feel more confident walking into your next pediatrician appointment.
In This Episode, You'll Learn: * How to prepare for infant and toddler well visits * The developmental milestones pediatricians are assessing at different ages * What to expect regarding vaccines and routine screenings * Why preparing children ahead of time for shots often reduces anxiety * Tips for helping children who are nervous about doctor visits or vaccines * How to handle sensitive questions you don't want to ask in front of your child * When pediatricians begin speaking privately with older children and teens * Whether siblings should attend well visits * How pediatricians can help reinforce habits like brushing teeth, trying new foods, and giving up the pacifier * Ways to build a positive relationship between your child and their healthcare provider
Chapter Markers 05:00 How to Prepare for Infant and Toddler Well Visits
07:35 Do Vaccines Affect Sleep? What Parents Should Expect
09:25 Preparing Preschoolers and School-Age Kids for Well Visits
11:00 Should Kids Use Screens During Doctor Visits?
12:50 How Long Does a Well Visit Last?
15:10 What Pediatricians Are Looking for During a Well Visit
17:05 Which Questions Belong at a Well Visit?
21:10 Helping Kids Cope with Vaccine Anxiety
25:00 Preparing Children for Shots Without Increasing Fear
31:35 Using Your Pediatrician as a Parenting Partner
35:45 Should Siblings Come to Well Visits?
38:45 Is It Important to See the Same Pediatrician Every Year?
47:00 Privacy, Teen Well Visits, and Sensitive Topics
Resources Mentioned * Episode 43. Every Breastfeeding & Feeding Journey is Unique with Dr. Stephanie Grice * Connect with Dr. Grice on Instagram or her website
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Does dinnertime feel like the most stressful part of your day?
Maybe your toddler refuses dinner, takes three bites and declares they're done, or suddenly becomes ravenous right as you're starting the bedtime routine.
Allison is joined by pediatric dietitian Kathy O'Bryan to discuss one of the biggest sources of stress for parents of toddlers: mealtime. Kathy shares practical strategies to help parents take the pressure off dinnertime, understand what normal toddler eating actually looks like, and build healthy feeding habits that support both nutrition and family connection.
Together, Allison and Kathy discuss why parents shouldn't put all of their eggs in the dinnertime basket, how daycare schedules can affect evening eating habits, and why a successful meal isn't always measured by how much your child eats. They also explore the connection between feeding, sleep, routines, and reducing the mental load that so many parents carry around meals.
In this episode, you'll learn:
• Why toddlers often eat less at dinner than parents expect • How to evaluate your child's nutrition over days and weeks, not individual meals • What "successful" mealtimes really look like • How to reduce pressure around picky eating • Why family meals matter even when life feels busy • Simple ways to make dinnertime feel less stressful and more connected • How your own nutrition and self-care affect your parenting
Whether you're navigating picky eating, dinnertime battles, or simply wondering if your toddler is eating enough, this conversation will leave you feeling more confident and less stressed.
Learn more about Kathy O'Bryan at her website or on Instagram
🎉 10-Year Anniversary Giveaways To celebrate 10 years of Sleep and Wellness Coach, Allison is hosting four weekly giveaways throughout June over on Instagram.
On the first four Mondays in June, a new giveaway will be posted featuring a mix of sleep and wellness favorites. To enter, follow along on Instagram and watch for each Monday's post.
It's a fun way to celebrate 10 years of supporting families—and to say thank you to the community that made it all possible.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison's free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Both Ellen and Sophie started as exhausted parents searching for answers to their own children's sleep struggles. Today, after nearly three years on the Sleep and Wellness Coach team, they've helped countless families navigate bedtime battles, night wakings, short naps, early mornings, and everything in between.
In this candid conversation, Allison, Ellen, and Sophie share:
- Their personal stories of postpartum struggles and sleep deprivation
- How they discovered sleep coaching for the first time
- The one change that made the biggest difference for their own children
- What it's really like to work as a sleep coach
- The hardest and most rewarding parts of helping families
- Why no two sleep situations are ever exactly the same
- Encouragement for parents who feel overwhelmed, exhausted, or stuck
You'll also hear behind-the-scenes stories about how Ellen and Sophie joined the team, what they've learned after working with hundreds of families, and why personalized support can make such a powerful difference.
If you're currently struggling with your child's sleep, this episode is your reminder that you are not alone, things can get better, and there is help available.
Listen in to hear: * Why Allison hired Ellen and Sophie * Ellen's experience with postpartum anxiety and infant sleep struggles * Sophie's journey from Air Force pilot to sleep coach * How bedtime structure transformed their families' sleep * Why confidence and consistency matter in sleep coaching * The emotional side of helping exhausted parents * What keeps the Sleep and Wellness Coach team motivated after helping thousands of families
Allison, Ellen and Sophie are always available for free 15 minute consultations. Click here to find out how to schedule your call.
🎉 10-Year Anniversary Giveaways To celebrate 10 years of Sleep and Wellness Coach, Allison is hosting four weekly giveaways throughout June over on Instagram.
On the first four Mondays in June, a new giveaway will be posted featuring a mix of sleep and wellness favorites. To enter, follow along on Instagram and watch for each Monday's post.
It's a fun way to celebrate 10 years of supporting families—and to say thank you to the community that made it all possible.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Sometimes solving a child's sleep struggle requires a full reset. And sometimes, it's just one small missing piece.
Allison shares four real client sleep stories that highlight how one simple change completely shifted a child's sleep. From newborn naps to bedtime protests to nighttime wakings, each family had a different challenge, but in every case, one specific adjustment made a surprisingly big difference.
Allison walks through:
- How restructuring daytime naps helped a newborn start getting longer stretches of sleep at night
- Why giving a toddler permission to cry actually stopped bedtime protests
- The power of "special time" and how one small language shift helped reduce evening meltdowns
- How using simple language helped a preschooler stop waking her parents overnight
Allison explains why sleep puzzles are unique and how understanding your child's temperament, rhythms, and emotional needs can often reveal the missing piece.
If your child's sleep feels stuck right now, this episode may help you think about the problem in a completely different way.
And if you want more help, Allison and her team are always available for free 15 minute consultations. Click here to find out how to schedule your call.
🎉 10-Year Anniversary Giveaways To celebrate 10 years of Sleep and Wellness Coach, Allison is hosting four weekly giveaways throughout June over on Instagram.
On the first four Mondays in June, a new giveaway will be posted featuring a mix of sleep and wellness favorites. To enter, follow along on Instagram and watch for each Monday's post.
It's a fun way to celebrate 10 years of supporting families—and to say thank you to the community that made it all possible.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
To recognize ten years of Sleep and Wellness Coach, Allison reflects on the journey that led her from a severely sleep-deprived working mom struggling with postpartum anxiety to becoming a pediatric sleep consultant who has now helped thousands of families.
She shares the personal story behind the creation of her business, including the exhausting early years of motherhood, unsuccessful attempts at sleep training, navigating postpartum anxiety in silence, and the moment she finally found the support that changed everything for her family.
Allison also reflects on the many shifts she's witnessed in the world of children's sleep over the past decade, including:
- the rise of wake window culture
- growing awareness around maternal mental health
- increasing research connecting sleep to physical and emotional health
- more dads taking paternity leave
- and the expanding understanding of how sleep impacts children of all ages
She also shares how Sleep and Wellness Coach has evolved from a one-woman side business into a growing team supporting families through one-on-one coaching, courses, workshops, a weekly podcast, speaking engagements, and now daycare sleep education programs designed to help even more families thrive.
In this episode, Allison discusses:
- Her personal experience with postpartum anxiety and sleep deprivation
- How improving sleep transformed her mental health
- What inspired her to become a sleep coach
- The problem with today's obsession over wake windows
- Why sleep rhythms matter more than rigid schedules
- The growing cultural conversation around parental mental health
- Research linking sleep to child development and overall health
- Why she now works with children and teens of all ages
- The future vision for Sleep and Wellness Coach and daycare sleep education programs
🎉 10-Year Anniversary Giveaways To celebrate 10 years of Sleep and Wellness Coach, Allison is hosting four weekly giveaways throughout June over on Instagram.
On the first four Mondays in June, a new giveaway will be posted featuring a mix of sleep and wellness favorites. To enter, follow along on Instagram and watch for each Monday's post.
It's a fun way to celebrate 10 years of supporting families—and to say thank you to the community that made it all possible.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison's free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
One of the most common questions Allison hears from parents is whether they should get rid of the pull-up or diaper at night when they begin daytime potty training. Many potty training methods encourage families to go "all in" with underwear day and night, but Allison explains why she recommends a very different approach.
In this episode, Allison breaks down the important difference between daytime potty training and nighttime dryness, and why they are actually two completely separate developmental milestones. She explains the fascinating neurological and hormonal processes involved in nighttime bladder control, including the role of the brain-bladder connection and the hormone ADH (anti-diuretic hormone).
She also shares why pushing nighttime potty training too early can disrupt sleep, increase anxiety around bedtime, and unintentionally create new nighttime habits that are difficult to reverse.
Throughout the episode, Allison offers practical, realistic guidance for protecting sleep while potty training, including:
- Why nighttime dryness cannot be rushed
- How keeping the pull-up on can prevent unnecessary sleep disruptions
- Why some children begin using nighttime potty trips as a bedtime delay tactic
- What bedtime and overnight potty routines should actually look like
- Signs that your child may truly be ready for nighttime dryness
- Simple ways to reduce overnight accidents without creating stress or power struggles
Allison also shares personal stories about potty training her own daughters and explains how keeping sleep calm, predictable, and low-pressure helped avoid bedtime battles and nighttime regressions altogether.
If you are hoping to potty train without derailing your child's sleep, this episode will help you approach nighttime potty training with far more confidence and far less stress.
Today is Allison's birthday! Give her the gift of a podcast review! If you've found this podcast helpful or meaningful in any way, would you consider taking just a minute to rate and review the show on your listening platform? It's one of the biggest ways this podcast grows and continues to reach more parents who need it.
On Apple: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
May is Maternal Mental Health Awareness Month. It is believed that 1 in 5 new moms experience some level of perinatal mood or anxiety disorder. And when a new mom experiences postpartum anxiety or depression, her partner is 50% more likely to also experience anxiety or depression.
In today's episode, we've invited three fathers to share their perspective on the postpartum journey. Mike Vasquez and Todd Kennedy are married to women who courageously shared their postpartum experiences in episodes 31 and 32. Alex Grant and his wife are former clients of Allison. In this episode, Allison asks Mike, Todd, and Alex to reflect on their own transition to parenthood and what it was like to support a partner navigating postpartum anxiety or depression.
Together, they share honest insights about recognizing when something was not quite right, managing their own emotions during a stressful season, and learning how to show up as steady, supportive partners. Their stories highlight the importance of communication, support systems, and compassion for both parents during the postpartum period.
This episode offers a powerful reminder that postpartum mental health affects the entire family and that partners play a critical role in recovery and healing.
Listen in to learn: * Why postpartum mental health challenges affect the whole family, not just the mother * How partners often recognize early signs of postpartum anxiety or depression * The emotional impact of supporting a struggling spouse after a new baby arrives * Practical ways partners can provide meaningful support during the postpartum period * Why open communication and a strong support system are essential for new families
We have eleven episodes dedicated to the important topic of maternal mental health. Each offers a slightly different perspective. Listen in and help spread the word by forwarding an episode or two to a new mom in your life.
Episodes:
-
My Postpartum Anxiety Story
-
How to Keep Reaching for the Light with Britt Davis
-
Sleep Makes Such a Difference with Caroline Vasquez
-
Where Did I Go with Ellen Jones and Holly Kennedy
-
The Postpartum Journey from the Perspective of Three Husbands with Mike Vasquez, Alex Grant and Todd Kennedy
-
Planning for Your Mental Health Postpartum with Kayce Hodos
-
Maternal Mental Health From The Perspective of an OB/GYN with Dr. Nicole Rankins
-
Maternal Mental Health From The Perspective of a Pediatrician with Dr. Stephanie Grice
-
How Postpartum Support International Supports Parents with President and CEO Wendy Davis
-
Maternal Mental Health: What I Want Every Parent To Know
-
How Postpartum Doula Support Can Protect a Mother's Mental Health with Kristin Revere
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Motherhood can be full of people and still feel lonely.
In this episode, Allison reflects on Mother's Day and Maternal Mental Health month and shares why connection with other women is one of the most overlooked tools for maternal wellbeing.
Between school schedules, sports practices, and endless logistics, many moms spend their days surrounded by people but rarely experience true, nourishing connection. Research shows that loneliness is a major contributor to parental stress, and meaningful friendships can play a powerful role in protecting maternal mental health.
Allison shares personal stories about friendships formed through hobbies, volunteering, small acts of kindness, and simple follow-through. She explains why intentional connection matters more than occasional sideline conversations.
Most importantly, she offers practical, realistic ways to build deeper relationships, even in the middle of a very full life. Because connection doesn't require a big event. It requires intention.
This episode is for you if: * You feel disconnected from friends in this season of motherhood * You want deeper relationships but aren't sure where to start * You're craving more adult conversation and connection * Your schedule feels full but your cup still feels empty * You've been meaning to reach out to someone, but haven't yet
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
May is Maternal Mental Health Month, and in this episode of How Long 'Til Bedtime?, Allison sits down with postpartum doula and maternal health advocate Kristin Revere to talk about a type of support that can make a profound difference for new families: postpartum doula care.
While many parents are familiar with birth doulas, postpartum doulas are often less understood. Kristin explains what postpartum doulas do, how their role differs from night nurses or newborn care specialists, and the wide range of ways they can support families in the early weeks and months after bringing home a baby.
From overnight newborn care and feeding support to helping parents process their birth experience and build confidence, postpartum doulas provide both practical and emotional support during one of the most vulnerable transitions in life.
This conversation also explores the connection between sleep, support, and maternal mental health, and why having the right help in place can be truly life-changing for new moms.
In this episode, you'll learn:
- What a postpartum doula is and how they support new families
- The difference between a postpartum doula, night nurse, and newborn care specialist
- The types of services postpartum doulas may offer (and how they vary)
- How postpartum doulas support maternal mental health
- Why sleep support plays a critical role in emotional well-being
- How doulas help build confidence in new parents
- What to look for when hiring a postpartum doula
- Why asking for help is not a luxury, it's essential
Support in the postpartum period isn't a luxury. It truly is a critical part of maternal well-being. Having the right support system in place can ease the transition into parenthood, improve sleep, and make a meaningful difference in a mother's mental health.
Learn more about Kristin Revere and Gold Coast Doulas at their website or on Instagram or check out Kristin's book: Supported: Your Guide to Birth and Baby
May is Maternal Mental Health Awareness Month. Each of the ten episodes we have dedicated to this important subject offers a slightly different perspective. Listen in and help spread the word by forwarding an episode or two to a new mom in your life.
Episodes:
-
My Postpartum Anxiety Story
-
How to Keep Reaching for the Light with Britt Davis
-
Sleep Makes Such a Difference with Caroline Vasquez
-
Where Did I Go with Ellen Jones and Holly Kennedy
-
The Postpartum Journey from the Perspective of Three Husbands with Mike Vasquez, Alex Grant and Todd Kennedy
-
Planning for Your Mental Health Postpartum with Kayce Hodos
-
Maternal Mental Health From The Perspective of an OB/GYN with Dr. Nicole Rankins
-
Maternal Mental Health From The Perspective of a Pediatrician with Dr. Stephanie Grice
-
How Postpartum Support International Supports Parents with President and CEO Wendy Davis
-
Maternal Mental Health: What I Want Every Parent To Know
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Is your elementary-age child suddenly resisting bedtime, taking longer to fall asleep, waking at night, or starting the day too early? You may be dealing with a very real and very common pattern: the end of school year sleep regression.
In this episode of How Long 'Til Bedtime?, Allison explains why sleep often starts to unravel in the final stretch of the school year. While longer daylight hours can play a role, the bigger driver is often simple exhaustion. Kids are tired of routines. Parents are tired of enforcing them. Bedtime drifts later, structure loosens, and sleep quality begins to slip.
The good news is that a few small adjustments can help get sleep back on track and make the final weeks of the school year smoother for everyone.
Allison shares practical strategies parents can use right away, including how to reset bedtime routines, protect the hour before bed, handle the "but it's still light outside" argument, and stay consistent even during busy spring schedules.
If your household feels a little more tired, cranky, or chaotic than usual right now, you are not alone. This episode will help you understand what is happening and how to finish the school year strong.
Listen in to learn:
- Why sleep problems often show up at the end of the school year
- How longer days and routine fatigue affect bedtime and sleep quality
- What to do when a child suddenly starts resisting bedtime
- How to reset routines after bedtime has drifted later
- Why protecting the hour before bed is especially important in the spring
- How to handle late activities without derailing the whole schedule
- Why consistency on weekends matters more than parents think
Resources mentioned in this episode:
Episode 235. What Time Should My Child Go to Bed? How to Find Their Ideal Bedtime
Allison's favorite black out shades
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Missed a nap? Short nap day? Bedtime suddenly a struggle? Your child may need what Allison calls a rescue bedtime.
In this episode, Allison breaks down one of the most powerful and most underused tools in a parent's sleep toolkit: moving bedtime earlier after a rough nap day. This simple shift can prevent overtiredness, protect nighttime sleep, and keep a child's schedule on track.
Many parents worry that an earlier bedtime will cause an earlier wake-up. In reality, the opposite is often true. A well-timed rescue bedtime helps children catch up on missed sleep, fall asleep more easily, and wake up better rested.
Parents who understand how to use a rescue bedtime feel more confident handling off days and stop worrying that one bad nap will ruin the next few nights.
Listen in to learn: * What a rescue bedtime is and how much earlier bedtime should be * Why overtired babies and toddlers often sleep worse, not better * How to prevent night wakings and early morning wakeups after a rough nap day * When to use an earlier bedtime and when it is not necessary * Why an early bedtime usually leads to better sleep, not earlier mornings * How a rescue bedtime protects a child's circadian rhythm and next day schedule
Allison mentions Episode 235: What Time Should My Child Go to Bed? How to Find Their Ideal Bedtime
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
If bedtime feels like a battle, your child is waking during the night, or mornings are starting way too early, the issue may not be how much sleep your child is getting. It may be when they are going to sleep.
In this episode, Allison explains one of the most important and overlooked concepts in children's sleep: sleep timing. Once a baby develops a mature sleep rhythm, sleep becomes less about wake windows and more about anchor start times that align with their natural biological clock.
Every child has a natural "sleep wave," a time when their body is primed to fall asleep easily and stay asleep through the night. When bedtime lines up with that window, sleep becomes smoother. When it doesn't, families often see bedtime resistance, night wakings, and early morning wakings, even if their child is technically getting enough sleep.
Allison shares how to recognize your child's sleep wave, what happens when you miss it, and why an earlier bedtime often leads to better sleep and later mornings, not earlier ones. She also addresses common concerns from working parents who worry about losing precious evening time with their child.
Listen in if you have ever wondered:
- What time should my child go to bed?
- Is bedtime too late?
- Why is my child waking early?
- Why does bedtime suddenly feel so hard?
This episode will give you practical tools to find the bedtime that works with your child's biology instead of against it.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
If your child wakes up in the middle of the night scared, fully awake, and talking about monsters, sharks, or something chasing them, you're likely dealing with a nightmare.
In this episode, Allison explains what nightmares really are, why they happen, and how they're different from night terrors. You'll learn one of the most important clues for telling the difference between the two, and why the timing of the wake-up matters more than most parents realize.
Nightmares are extremely common, especially in the preschool and early elementary years when imagination is developing quickly. But while they're normal, frequent nightmares are often a sign that something in your child's sleep or daily routine needs adjusting.
We'll talk about the most common triggers, including overtiredness, stress, illness, and the content children are exposed to during the day, and what to do in the moment when your child wakes up scared.
Most importantly, you'll walk away with practical strategies to help reduce nightmares and support more restful nights for your whole family.
In this episode, you'll learn: * What nightmares are and how they differ from night terrors * Why nightmares usually happen in the early morning hours * The most common triggers for nightmares in children * How overtiredness and late bedtimes increase nightmares * Why content (movies, shows, stories, conversations) can fuel nightmares * What to say - and what not to say - when your child wakes up scared * Simple sleep changes that can reduce nightmares quickly * How to help sensitive or imaginative children feel more secure at night
And if you suspect your child might be dealing with night terrors, listen to last week's episode: 233. Night Terrors in Kids: What They Are, Why They Happen, and How to Stop Them
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison's free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
If you've ever rushed into your child's room in the middle of the night to find them screaming, sitting up, and completely inconsolable… and only to have them settle back to sleep like nothing happened… night terrors may be the reason.
Night terrors can be incredibly frightening to witness, but they're often misunderstood. In this episode, Allison explains what night terrors really are, why they happen, and what parents can do both in the moment and behind the scenes to prevent them.
You'll also learn one of the most important clues for telling the difference between night terrors and nightmares, and why timing matters more than most parents realize.
Most importantly, we'll talk about the root cause behind the majority of night terrors and the simple sleep changes that often stop them within days.
Listen to hear: * What night terrors actually are (and why they're not dreams) * The key difference between night terrors and nightmares * Why night terrors usually happen in the first half of the night * The most common triggers, including one many parents overlook * What to do during a night terror (and what NOT to do) * Why waking your child can sometimes make things worse * The role overtiredness plays in night terrors * The sleep schedule changes that often stop them quickly
Next week, we're continuing the conversation with an episode all about nightmares and why the approach to handling them is different.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Many toddlers wake up before it's truly time to start the day, or before their wake up light turns green. When that happens, parents often wonder:
Should I let my child quietly play with toys until it's time to get up? And is it okay to let kids bring toys into bed at bedtime or nap time?
At first glance, both of these solutions can feel harmless or even like a parenting win. But in reality, they can sometimes create habits that make sleep more difficult.
In this episode, Allison answers these two common questions and explains why protecting the sleep environment matters more than many parents realize.
You'll learn why toys can make it harder for children to fall asleep efficiently, how early morning play can reinforce early wakings, and what boundaries help toddlers and preschoolers get the sleep they need.
Allison also shares realistic alternatives, including when comfort items and loveys are perfectly fine and how wake up lights can still work well with the right structure.
If your toddler or preschooler struggles with bedtime stalling or early morning wakings, this episode will help you create a sleep environment that supports rest instead of competing with it.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
If you have twins and are struggling to get any consolidated sleep, you're not alone and you're certainly not doing anything wrong.
In this episode, Allison dives into the unique challenges of twin sleep and shares practical strategies to help you build rhythms that work for both babies and for you.
From syncing overnight feeds to navigating naps when your twins have completely different sleep temperaments, this episode walks you through the simple adjustments that can make twin sleep far more manageable.
Because while sleep advice for single babies often focuses on following each baby's cues, parenting twins requires a different strategy, one that prioritizes synchronizing schedules so parents can actually get rest, too.
You'll learn how to:
- Sync nighttime feedings so you aren't awake all night
- Keep feeding schedules aligned in the early months
- Navigate naps when twins have different sleep abilities
- Build a simple bedtime routine that works for both babies
- Begin practicing drowsy but awake sleep skills
- Use white noise effectively when twins share a room
If you're expecting twins or currently parenting newborn twins, this episode offers reassurance, realistic expectations, and practical tools to help you find your rhythm.
Mentioned in this episode:
- Episode 197. Drowsy But Awake: Your Key to Avoiding the 4-Month Sleep Regression
- Episode 224. Your Child's Sleep Puzzle: Why Some Kids Sleep Easily (and Others Don't)
- Yogasleep Dohm white noise machine (Allison's favorite white noise machine)
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
What does sleep look like for a child who doesn't have a bed?
In honor of National Sleep Awareness Week, Allison is spotlighting a foundational—but often overlooked—piece of healthy sleep: having a bed. In this episode, she's joined by Lauren Evans, mom of two and Executive Director of Beds for Kids, an organization serving more than 1,000 families each year by providing beds and essential furniture to children and parents in need.
Lauren shares how becoming a parent shaped her passion for this work, the moment she first realized furniture poverty existed, and how Beds for Kids grew from a small garage operation into a large-scale nonprofit serving families across the Charlotte area. Together, Allison and Lauren explore why sleep is so deeply connected to stability, safety, and emotional well-being and how the absence of something as basic as a bed can ripple into every part of a child's life.
The conversation highlights the impact of sleep deprivation on children facing housing instability or trauma, as well as the toll it takes on parents who are already juggling immense stress. Lauren explains how providing beds, cribs, and furniture helps families establish routines, improve sleep, and begin to feel truly settled in their homes.
Allison and Lauren also dive into the innovative and sustainable model Beds for Kids uses to source furniture, including partnerships with colleges, universities, and retailers that keep tens of thousands of items out of landfills each year. You'll hear how volunteers power the mission, how families (including children) can get involved, and exactly what different donation amounts make possible.
During Sleep Awareness Week and beyond, it's worth remembering that for many families, better sleep starts with access to something most of us take for granted - a bed.
Visit Beds for Kids to learn more about this important work or to support their mission
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
If bedtime in your house is full of stalling, endless requests, or sudden separation anxiety, it may not be about sleep at all. It may be about connection.
In this episode, Allison explains how a small tweak to your language - and just 10–15 minutes of intentional one-on-one time each day - can dramatically reduce bedtime resistance and improve behavior throughout the day.
You'll learn:
- Why attention is currency for young children
- How unmet connection needs show up as bedtime battles
- The three simple rules that make "special time" effective
- How to implement it realistically, even with a busy schedule
- Why naming and framing the time is what makes it stick
When children feel seen and register that their emotional cup has been filled, bedtime often gets easier, often without changing your routine at all.
If evenings have been feeling harder than they should, this episode offers a simple shift you can start today. Because sometimes bedtime resistance isn't about sleep. It's about connection.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Spring Time Change Cheat Sheet - Download Allison's free printable guide to plug in your child's schedule and follow a clear plan for the time change. If time changes make you anxious every year, you are not alone—but the good news is that the spring time change is typically the easier one to manage. In this episode of How Long 'Til Bedtime?, Allison walks you through exactly how to adjust your child's sleep when the clocks spring forward, without triggering early mornings, short naps, or a full-blown sleep regression.
You'll learn why you don't need to prepare days in advance, what to do on the actual day of the time change, and how to get your child fully back on track by Monday morning. Allison also answers the question many parents secretly hope the answer to: Can daylight saving time be used to permanently shift an early riser to a later wake time?
This episode includes clear, practical guidance for babies four months and older, toddlers, and young children, plus specific advice for families with newborns. Allison also shares a free Spring Time Change Cheat Sheet you can download by CLICKING HERE to easily map out your child's adjusted schedule.
In this episode, you'll learn: * Why the spring time change is easier than the fall time change * Why gradually adjusting bedtime before daylight saving time can backfire * Exactly what to do on Saturday night and Sunday morning * How to adjust naps and bedtime on the day the clocks spring forward * When (and if) you should wake your child proactively on Sunday * How to avoid short naps and early morning wakings after the time change * How long it typically takes children to adjust * Whether you can use daylight saving time to create a later morning wake time * Special guidance for newborns who aren't on a set schedule
Resources mentioned in this episode: * Spring Time Change Cheat SheetDownload Allison's free printable guide to plug in your child's schedule and follow a clear plan for the time change. * Episode 227. Should Your Baby or Toddler Have a Set Morning Wake Time?
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
In today's conversation, Allison breaks down why when your child starts their day plays a surprisingly powerful role in naps, bedtime, and overall night sleep. She answers a common question parents ask: Should my baby or toddler wake up at the same time every morning? The answer is yes… with important nuance.
You'll learn how morning wake time sets the rhythm for the entire day, why too much variability can throw off naps and bedtime, and what a "consistent" wake time actually looks like for babies and toddlers (spoiler: perfection not required). Allison also addresses early morning wakings, explains why wake windows may work against you in certain situations, and shares two practical adjustments that often help families move in the right direction.
If sleep has felt unpredictable or hard to stabilize, morning wake time may be the overlooked piece of the puzzle.
In this episode, we cover: * Why morning wake time influences naps, bedtime, and night sleep * What "consistent" wake time really means (and why kids aren't robots) * How shifting wake times can create nap and bedtime chaos * The role of circadian rhythm in baby and toddler sleep * Why wake windows aren't evidence-based and when they may backfire * What to do if your child sleeps in after a rough night * Why early bedtimes can actually lead to later mornings * How early feeding times may reinforce early wake-ups * Practical steps to create more predictable, restful sleep days and nights
Resources mentioned in this episode: * Episode 205: Baby Sleep Myths: Why Wake Windows Aren't Evidence-Based (and What to Do Instead) * Learn more about working with Allison and her team at sleepandwellnesscoach.com
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison's free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
If you're navigating the tricky transition from two naps to one, this episode is for you. In this short and practical episode of How Long 'Til Bedtime?, Allison breaks down when babies are actually developmentally ready to drop to one nap—and why making the switch too early can disrupt night sleep.
Allison addresses a growing trend she's seeing with families of 10–12 month olds being told (or feeling pressured) to drop to one nap, often due to daycare policies or sudden nap resistance. She explains why most babies aren't ready for this transition until closer to 15 months—and sometimes even later—and how to protect your child's sleep in the meantime.
You'll learn:
- The ideal age range for transitioning from two naps to one
- Why early nap transitions often lead to night wakings and regressions
- What to do if daycare moves your baby to one nap early
- How to use early bedtimes and weekend schedules to protect sleep
- Why nap resistance doesn't always mean readiness
- Simple schedule tweaks that can help preserve two naps
If your baby is under 15 months and naps suddenly feel harder—or sleep has gone off the rails—this episode will help you understand what's normal, what's not, and how to move forward with confidence.
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison's free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Many parents use bedtime mantras to help their child feel calm and secure at night. In theory, it's a beautiful idea—predictable, soothing language meant to support rest. But what if the words we're using are actually doing the opposite?
In this episode, Allison explores a bedtime phrase that's become incredibly common—"you are safe"—and explains why, for some children, especially sensitive or anxious ones, this well-intentioned mantra can unintentionally increase bedtime worry.
Allison breaks down how a child's brain processes language at bedtime, why timing and repetition matter, and how certain phrases can shift the brain into "monitoring mode" instead of rest mode. She also shares a personal story that illustrates when reassurance is necessary—and when it's better to let the brain settle without added prompts.
You'll learn:
- Why some bedtime mantras can increase anxiety instead of reducing it
- How a child's brain interprets language right before sleep
- When reassurance about safety is helpful—and when it isn't
- Simple, comforting alternatives to common bedtime phrases
- How small language shifts can make a big difference at bedtime
If bedtime has started to feel harder, or your child seems more anxious at night despite a consistent routine, this episode offers a gentle, practical reframe that may help sleep feel easier again.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Every child is born with a unique sleep puzzle—and understanding that concept can completely change how you approach sleep challenges.
In this episode, Allison breaks down why some children seem to sleep effortlessly while others struggle no matter how closely parents follow the "rules." If you've read the books, followed the schedules, tried multiple methods, and still feel stuck, this episode is for you.
Allison explains the idea of natural sleep talent and why sensitive sleepers often need a much more precise approach. Through personal stories from her own family—and a powerful real-life coaching example—she shows how even one missing puzzle piece can keep sleep from clicking… and how finding it can change everything almost overnight.
This conversation is a reminder that sleep struggles are not a reflection of parenting failure. Some children simply have bigger, more delicate sleep puzzles—and with the right pieces in place, restful nights are absolutely possible.
In this episode, we cover:
- What the "sleep puzzle" really means
- Why following advice perfectly still doesn't work for some kids
- Natural sleep talent vs. sensitive sleepers
- Why regressions, travel, and routine changes hit some children harder
- How one small shift can lead to major sleep breakthroughs
- Why you're not doing anything wrong—and never were
If this episode resonates, consider sharing it with another parent who may need to hear this message. You're not alone, and your child isn't broken—just beautifully unique.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Later bedtimes. Bedtime resistance. A tween or teen who insists they're "not tired" until 10 p.m. or later.
If this sounds familiar, you're not imagining things—and you're not doing anything wrong.
In this episode, Allison explains what's really happening inside your child's body as they move into the tween and teen years. During puberty, the circadian rhythm naturally shifts later, delaying melatonin release and making kids feel alert well into the evening. The problem? School start times don't shift with them.
This biological mismatch often leads to chronic sleep deprivation, inconsistent schedules, and nightly power struggles. But here's the good news: even though tweens and teens don't feel tired early anymore, they can still fall asleep early enough to get the sleep they need—with the right structure and support.
Allison breaks down how to work with your child's changing biology (instead of fighting it), why sleep matters more than ever during adolescence, and what intentional bedtime routines can look like at this age.
This episode is especially helpful for parents who want to protect their child's mental health, academic performance, emotional regulation, and overall well-being—without turning bedtime into a nightly battle.
In this episode, you'll learn: * Why tweens' and teens' circadian rhythms naturally shift later * How school schedules contribute to sleep deprivation * The difference between "not tired" and "can't fall asleep" * How inconsistent weekend sleep makes weekdays harder * Why structure matters more—not less—as kids get older * Simple, realistic bedtime routines for tweens and teens * How stretching and meditation can support sleep readiness * Why screens in the bedroom make earlier sleep harder * How sleep impacts mental health, learning, sports, and safety * Ways to help tweens and teens understand why sleep matters
If bedtime feels harder than it used to and you're worried about your child getting enough rest, this episode will help you feel informed, grounded, and confident about holding sleep-supportive boundaries.
Allison recommends these related episodes:
Episode 178. Melatonin and Children: Why I Don't Recommend It
Episode 218. Why Screens Don't Belong in Your Child's Bedroom (And How to Set the Boundary)
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison's free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Is your toddler suddenly fighting bedtime, waking overnight, or making you question whether the crib is still working? In this episode, Allison breaks down one of the most common (and stressful) questions parents of toddlers face: Is it time to move from the crib to a bed?
This question often comes up during moments of panic—sleep regressions, big life changes, or developmental leaps—but the answer isn't always what parents expect. Allison walks through the three most common reasons families consider making the switch and offers an honest, experience-based take on each one.
You'll learn why:
- A sleep regression is rarely a crib problem—and why switching to a bed often makes sleep harder, not easier
- Daycare cot or mat sleep doesn't automatically mean your child is ready for a bed at home
- A new baby doesn't have to mean your toddler gives up their crib
- Climbing out of the crib deserves attention—but doesn't always require an immediate bed transition
Allison also shares practical, safety-focused strategies (including sleep sack tips that save many families from transitioning too early), guidance on the ideal age for moving to a bed, and how impulse control plays a major role in successful toddler sleep.
If you're trying to decide whether to hold onto the crib a little longer—or you're worried you're "behind"—this episode will help you slow down, reassess, and make a plan that supports both your child's sleep and your own sanity.
Allison mentions two of her one hour, $27 workshops that are available when you need them:
- How To Quickly Recover From A Sleep Regression (15-30 Months)
- How to Prepare Your Child for a Smooth Crib to Bed Transition Workshop
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
What happens when retirement plans are suddenly replaced by bedtime routines, school drop-offs, and parenting kids after trauma?
In this deeply moving episode, Allison sits down with Laura Brazan, host of the Grandparents Raising Grandchildren podcast, to talk about the unexpected realities of becoming a full-time caregiver later in life. Laura shares her personal journey of raising two grandchildren after a family crisis — and how sleepless nights, behavioral challenges, and profound grief ultimately led her to create the world's leading podcast for grandparents in this role.
Together, Allison and Laura explore the emotional, financial, and relational shifts that come with stepping back into parenting after 50, especially when children have experienced trauma, neurodiversity, or instability. Laura speaks candidly about the isolation many grandparents feel, the strain on marriages, and the lack of clear resources — but also the deep purpose, healing, and joy that can emerge through love, structure, and connection.
This conversation also offers insight for parents who aren't grandparents, including how to support children being raised by grandparents, how to navigate uncomfortable but necessary conversations, and why talking openly about trauma and mental health matters for the next generation.
Whether you're a parent, grandparent, caregiver, or someone who wants to better understand families shaped by adversity, this episode is a powerful reminder that healing is possible — and that community makes all the difference.
In this episode, we discuss: * What it's really like to unexpectedly raise grandchildren * Common challenges grandparents face: sleep deprivation, trauma behaviors, finances, and isolation * How trauma impacts children's brains — and how healing happens over time * Navigating parenting in a completely different generation * The strain (and strengthening) of marriages when raising grandchildren * How parents can support children in their community being raised by grandparents * Why having hard conversations about mental health and family trauma matters * Finding purpose, joy, and legacy in later-in-life parenting
Connect with Laura Brazan: * Website: grandparents-raising-grandchildren.org * Instagram: @grandparentspodcast * Facebook: Grandparents Raising Grandchildren
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison's free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Allison answers five of the most common questions she hears from parents about toddler sleep. If you're navigating pillows and blankets, sleep regressions, toddler clocks, crib-to-bed transitions, or nightlights, this episode is packed with clear, practical guidance you can use right away.
This is a quick, approachable episode designed to give you clarity, reassurance, and confidence as you support your toddler's sleep.
You'll learn: * When it's appropriate to introduce a pillow and blanket * The most common toddler sleep regression and what triggers it * How toddler clocks can support independent sleep * The best age to transition from a crib to a big kid bed
Products Allison mentions:
Toddler Pillow
Toddler Blanket
Hatch Sleep Light
Other resources you may find helpful:
Sleep Regression Workshop
Crib to Bed Transition Workshop
Episode 9. The Truth About Night Lights and Fear of the Dark
Episode 46. The Key to Success with a Toddler Clock
Episode 94. When To Introduce a Pillow and Blanket
Episode 95. Q&A - If my child naps well on a cot at daycare, are they ready for a big kid bed?
Episode 167. [ENCORE] 5 Myths About the Crib to Bed Transition
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Use code SLEEP to get free shipping on your first order at Shenanigans
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
We're replaying this episode because it was the most downloaded, most shared, and most talked-about episode of 2025—and for good reason. Parents consistently told us this conversation changed the way they approached feeding, eased stress at mealtimes, and helped them feel more confident introducing solid foods.
In this encore episode, Kim Grenawitzke from Solid Starts joins Allison for a deep, practical discussion on starting solids and supporting kids in becoming adventurous, confident eaters. Kim is the Senior Feeding and Swallowing Specialist at Solid Starts and a mom of two, and she brings both expertise and incredibly relatable insight.
This episode is packed from start to finish with actionable advice for every feeding stage. You'll hear strategies for introducing solids, supporting picky eaters, language that keeps mealtimes positive, guidance on food allergies, and so much more. Allison and Kim also share personal experiences and lessons learned from feeding their own children, along with professional tips that help families avoid common mealtime pitfalls.
Below are the topics covered, along with timestamps to help you jump to what you need:
- [8:18] When to start introducing solids and developmental signs your child is ready
- [12:55] What to do if your child is developmentally ready but shows no interest in food
- [14:36] When to talk to your healthcare provider about lack of interest in food
- [15:14] Fundamentals of Kim's approach to introducing solids and physiology behind it
- [19:28] How to choose your baby's first foods
- [21:55] Food safety: textures, sizes, and preparing solids appropriately
- [28:47] How to respond to gagging and what to do about choking concerns
- [32:55] Homemade vs. store-bought baby food: pros and cons
- [36:28] Whether babies need special "baby yogurt"
- [41:25] Introducing foods from the nine major allergen groups
- [46:20] Which babies are high-risk for allergies and how to introduce allergen foods safely
- [50:45] Why food allergies are more common today
- [52:10] Strategies for supporting picky or sensitive eaters
- [57:56] Whether it's okay for a child to skip a meal or go to bed without dinner
- [59:21] When to seek help from a feeding specialist
- [1:06:55] Setting up mealtimes to encourage adventurous eating
- [1:08:10] When weight gain concerns require medical guidance
- [1:12:17] What to do if you feel you've "messed up" feeding and now have a picky eater
- [1:15:20] How family connection at the dinner table improves eating and bedtime
- [1:21:22] Language that helps—or hurts—during mealtimes
- [1:33:55] Services Solid Starts offers and who can benefit
Learn more about Solid Starts on Instagram or at their website
Solid Starts discount code: use code SOLIDBEDTIME20 to receive 20% off your first year of an annual subscription at https://solidstarts.com/app/ (code valid through 12/31/26)
Order your copy of Solid Starts for Babies: How to Introduce Solid Food and Raise a Happy Eater
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
In today's episode of How Long 'Til Bedtime?, Allison dives into one of the trickiest screen-time boundaries parents face: screens in the bedroom.
Allison has always held a strong stance—no TVs, tablets, or phones in children's bedrooms—and she's breaking down exactly why this boundary matters, why it's hard, and how to make it stick, even as kids get older.
Inside the episode, you'll hear:
- Why screens in the bedroom can disrupt melatonin, sleep onset, and overall sleep quality
- How the "one more video" cycle impacts bedtime behavior and makes transitions harder
- The mental health risks associated with private, unsupervised screen use
- Why keeping screens in shared spaces protects kids emotionally and socially
- The simple logistical systems Allison uses in her own home (parental controls, charging stations, and more)
- What to do if you're starting this boundary late — including the exact script Allison uses when changing screen rules
- Encouragement for holding firm, even when kids push back
Whether you're parenting toddlers, big kids, or middle schoolers, this episode offers practical steps, compassionate support, and a strong reminder that: Screens aren't going anywhere, but bedrooms can—and should—remain a place for rest, calm, and connection.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison's free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
In this episode of How Long 'Til Bedtime?, Allison shares the story behind a moment of holiday reflection that shifted her entire approach to the season. After attending a women's brunch centered around intention—not perfection—she found herself wondering how she truly wants to move through December, especially in a year filled with travel, transitions, and a quieter Christmas at home.
A conversation at the dinner table with her kids opened her eyes to what actually matters most to them during the holidays—and spoiler alert: it wasn't big events, complicated outings, or long lists of gifts. Their top priorities were simple, connected, meaningful… and surprisingly easy to honor.
Inside the episode, Allison explores:
- How an intentional gathering inspired a reset in her approach to the holidays
- Why asking kids what they value can change everything
- The three simple traditions her children named as their must-dos
- How small, slow moments often hold the most magic
- The power of curiosity before the calendar fills up with "shoulds"
- A few simple prompts you can use tonight to learn what matters most to your kids
If the holiday season already feels overwhelming—or if you've ever felt pressure to create the "perfect" December—this episode is your reminder: You get to choose. Your family gets to choose. And intention often begins with one small question.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
In this episode of How Long 'Til Bedtime?, we dive into one of the most common questions parents ask: How long does sleep training actually take — and how can you tell if it's working? Allison breaks down the realistic timeline she sees when working one-on-one with families, why the process isn't always linear, and what improvement should look like in the first week.
You'll learn:
- What progress typically looks like from night one through week two
- Why night four is a key milestone for evaluating success
- The difference between night sleep improvements and nap stabilization
- How temperament and method impact the timeline
- Why "sleep training" is more than just cry-it-out or choosing another method
- Red flags that signal your approach needs adjusting
- When it's time to reach out for professional support
Allison also explains why you shouldn't feel stuck in sleep training mode for weeks or months, and how small tweaks to schedule, method, or consistency can often make a significant difference.
If you're unsure whether your child is getting the right amount of sleep for their age, download Allison's free infant and toddler sleep guide. You can also book a free 15-minute Get Acquainted Call with Allison or a member of her team anytime.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Night wakings can be one of the most confusing parts of early parenting — especially when you're wondering whether your baby is waking out of hunger or habit. In this episode, Allison Egidi tackles one of the most common questions she gets as a certified sleep consultant: How do I know when my baby is ready to sleep through the night without feeding?
Allison shares:
- The difference between true hunger and habitual night wakings
- Her experience helping her own daughter (and thousands of client families) through the night-weaning process
- Typical milestones that suggest your baby may be ready to drop night feedings
- How to gradually and gently reduce night feeds without guilt
- Signs that it may be too soon to wean — and when to check in with your pediatrician
- Why night feeding rhythms can stick around longer than necessary and how to reset them
You'll leave this episode with a framework for night weaning that feels compassionate, evidence-informed, and tailored to your baby's readiness — not someone else's timeline.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Navigating the holidays can be tricky — and if you or someone you love is gluten-free, it can feel downright overwhelming. From family dinners and cookie swaps to travel days and potlucks, gluten seems to pop up everywhere.
In this episode, Allison shares her personal system for staying gluten-free through the holiday season without missing out on the fun or driving yourself crazy. Drawing from her own experience living with Hashimoto's and managing gluten sensitivity, she offers simple, realistic strategies to help you feel prepared, confident, and at ease — no matter what's on the menu.
In this episode, you'll learn:
- How to travel stress-free with simple "rescue snacks" and planning tips
- How to communicate with family and hosts about being gluten-free (without feeling guilty or apologetic)
- Why it helps to eat something beforehand when you're unsure what food will be served
- Easy ways to recreate your favorite holiday dishes with gluten-free swaps
- What to do if gluten sneaks in — and how Allison manages accidental exposure
- A mindset shift that makes navigating food restrictions feel lighter and more empowering
Whether you're newly gluten-free or hosting someone who is, this episode will help you plan ahead, enjoy the holidays, and keep your peace of mind intact.
Allison mentions the enzyme pills she keeps on hand
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
If the thought of holiday travel with kids makes your heart race faster than your suitcase zipper, this episode is for you. Pediatric sleep and wellness coach Allison Egidi shares a calm, practical roadmap for keeping your child's sleep on track during holiday trips—so you can come home with memories, not meltdowns.
From car naps to hotel setups, time zone shifts to family expectations, Allison covers every scenario you're likely to face this season. She also shares the hard-earned lessons from her own "rock bottom" Christmas trip—and how that experience helped her create travel routines that actually work.
In this episode, you'll learn:
- How to handle naps and bedtime during car rides and flights
- The ideal timing for naps on travel days (and when to cap them)
- What to pack for smooth sleep on the go
- How to help your child sleep well in hotels or shared rooms
- The best approach for adjusting to new time zones
- How to handle pushback from family while protecting your child's sleep schedule
- The "reset rule" that gets everything back on track when you return home
Whether you're flying cross-country or driving to Grandma's, this guide will help you protect your kids' sleep—and your sanity—through the holidays.
Resources mentioned:
– Allison's recommended travel items: Car shades, Travel white noise machine
– Get 10% off a Slumberpod with Allison's affiliate code, SLEEPANDWELLNESSCOACH
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Labor Day feels like ages ago, the days are shorter, and the holidays are on the horizon—making it the perfect moment to pause and check in on those fall reset goals.
In this episode of How Long 'Til Bedtime?, pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi shares an honest update on her own fall reset progress—from waking up at 6 a.m. and walking the dogs after school drop-off, to staying consistent with her morning protein and cutting back on coffee. She also talks about the habits that slipped (like late-night phone time) and how she's working to get back on track.
Allison reflects on what's working best, what still needs attention, and the small, realistic tweaks that are helping her feel calmer, better rested, and more energized heading into winter.
Whether you joined her in a fall reset back in September or you're just looking for a seasonal motivation boost, this check-in episode offers gentle encouragement and practical takeaways to help you keep your wellness habits going strong.
Resources Mentioned: * Episode 204: Fall Reset Routine: Morning Habits, Sleep Upgrades, and Simple Wellness Swaps — where Allison first shared her goals * Episode 160: [ENCORE] Fall Time Change - Troubleshooting – if you could use some guidance about your child's sleep after the fall time change * Listener Survey + Free Coaching Call: We want to hear from you! Please take a few moments to fill out our quick listener survey to share your thoughts on the podcast. As a thank you, you'll get a free 15-minute coaching call with Allison to tackle your current sleep challenge!
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
October is Pregnancy and Infant Loss Awareness Month. If you or someone you love has experienced a loss, please know that you are not alone—and help is available.
In this deeply moving conversation, Allison welcomes Andrea Clark, Deputy CEO of Postpartum Support International, to share her personal and professional insights on pregnancy and infant loss. Andrea opens up about her three consecutive losses, the isolation she felt, and how she found healing through faith, community, and service. Together, they explore how to support those grieving a loss, why silence can make healing harder, and the many free resources available for families through Postpartum Support International.
This episode offers both compassion and clarity—for anyone who has experienced loss or wants to better understand how to show up for a loved one.
Key Topics: * Andrea's personal journey through three pregnancy losses and finding hope again * The emotional toll of miscarriage and why it's often minimized * What to say—and what not to say—to someone grieving a pregnancy loss * How faith, therapy, and peer support can aid healing * Postpartum Support International's free resources and support groups * The importance of checking in, even if you're not "close" to someone
Resources are available at Postpartum Support International: – Visit their website at postpartum.net – Call their helpline at 1-800-944-4773 – Download their Connect by PSI app Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
The clocks are about to fall back—and parents everywhere are bracing for those dreaded 5 a.m. wake-ups. But the fall time change doesn't have to wreck your child's sleep.
In this episode of How Long 'Til Bedtime?, pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi shares exactly how to navigate the end of daylight saving time with less stress (and more rest). Learn what really happens to your child's body clock when we "fall back," why pre-adjusting bedtime can backfire, and what simple schedule tweaks make all the difference for babies, toddlers, and big kids.
You'll hear:
- Why Allison recommends not shifting bedtime in advance
- The step-by-step plan for managing Sunday naps and bedtime
- How to use an "early rescue bedtime" to prevent early waking
- How long it really takes kids to adjust
- A quick update on the Sunshine Protection Act and whether time changes might ever end
📄 Free Resource: Download the Fall Time Change Cheat Sheet to map out your child's exact Sunday plan.
We want to hear from you! Please take a few moments to fill out our quick listener survey to share your thoughts on the podcast. As a thank you, you'll get a free 15-minute coaching call with Allison to tackle your current sleep challenge!
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Looking for expert guidance on your child's sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Does your little one nap like a champ at daycare but struggle at home — or the complete opposite? You're not alone. In this episode of How Long 'Til Bedtime?, pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi dives into the fascinating (and sometimes frustrating) differences between daycare sleep and home sleep for babies and toddlers.
You'll learn:
- Why toddlers often nap better at daycare than at home
- The role of structure, routine, and even peer pressure in daycare naps
- Why infants commonly struggle with short naps in daycare settings
- What you can do to support your child's teachers and set your baby up for more consistent sleep
- Why daycare sleep won't "undo" the independent sleep skills you've worked so hard on at home
Whether your child naps beautifully at daycare or you're worried about short, disrupted naps, this episode will give you insight and practical strategies to help your little one get the rest they need.
✨ If daycare naps are a big challenge in your house, Allison offers consultations to help you work through your unique situation. Book 30 minute consultation with Allison or a member of her team to discuss ways to improve your child's naps today.
👉 Bonus for Listeners: Fill out our quick survey and you'll receive a free 15-minute coaching call with Allison! Your feedback helps us create episodes that truly support you and your family. Thank you for being part of this community!
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long 'Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you're trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you're in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison's free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long 'Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap "Write a Review."
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don't miss an episode—subscribe so you're always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Pacifiers: many babies love them… but when it comes to sleep training, they can become a major source of frustration. If you’ve ever played the endless “pacifier pop game” in the middle of the night, you know exactly what that means.
In this episode of How Long ’Til Bedtime?, pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi breaks down how pacifiers impact sleep, why you don’t necessarily have to ditch them, and the key shift that can make nights smoother for everyone.
What you’ll learn:
- Why pacifiers can both help and hinder sleep training
- The truth about whether you need to give them up completely
- How to end the exhausting “pacifier pop game” once and for all
- When (and how) babies can learn to replace their own pacifier
- Simple ways to encourage independence and better sleep
Allison also shares practical tips for helping babies practice finding their pacifier — and why a few extras in the crib can be a total game-changer.
💡 Want to know when it’s time to ditch the pacifier altogether? Be sure to listen back to Episode 20: Breaking Up With The Pacifier for step-by-step guidance.
🎧 Tune in now and learn how pacifiers can support — not sabotage — your child’s sleep.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long ’Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you’re trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you’re in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Looking for expert guidance on your child’s sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap “Write a Review.”
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don’t miss an episode—subscribe so you’re always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
If your toddler is suddenly taking forever to fall asleep—or bouncing off the walls when bedtime rolls around—it’s tempting to think the solution is a later bedtime. But that’s actually the wrong move in most cases.
In this episode, Allison Egidi, pediatric sleep and wellness coach, explains the #1 mistake parents make with toddler bedtime routines and what to do instead. She breaks down why toddlers resist sleep, what a “second wind” really is, and how to structure evenings so kids can fall asleep more quickly and rest more soundly.
You’ll learn:
- Why pushing bedtime later usually backfires
- The role of activity level in the hour before bed
- How overtired toddlers get their notorious “second wind”
- What an age-appropriate bedtime really looks like
- Practical tips to help your toddler fall asleep faster
Allison also shares a real-life example from a family who thought their 3-year-old needed a 9 PM bedtime—and how one simple shift transformed their nights.
If you’ve been tempted to delay bedtime in hopes of making your toddler “more tired,” this episode will give you a fresh perspective and tools you can try tonight.
Dealing with a sleep regression with a 15 to 30 month old? Grab Allison’s workshop
Want to talk through smoothing out your evenings or bedtime with your toddler? Connect with Allison for a 1-on-1 consultation
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long ’Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you’re trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you’re in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison’s free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap “Write a Review.”
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don’t miss an episode—subscribe so you’re always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Is it possible to sleep train your baby without leaving them to cry it out? The short answer: yes—but probably not without some tears. In this episode of How Long ’Til Bedtime?, pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi breaks down the myths and realities of “no cry” sleep training methods and what parents can realistically expect.
You’ll learn:
- What “cry it out” really means (definitions vary so much)
- Why even the most gentle, hands-on sleep training methods usually involve some crying
- Why it’s important to choose the best sleep training approach based on your baby’s temperament and your parenting style
- Why gradual, more supportive methods may work best for younger babies—but not always for older ones
- How to minimize tears and set your child up for independent, restful sleep
The truth is, parenting is never one-size-fits-all. Some families thrive with cry it out, others prefer a slower, gentler approach, and both can work. What matters most is finding a method that feels sustainable for you and supports your baby’s development.
If you’ve been wondering whether you can teach your baby to sleep without leaving them to cry for long stretches, this episode will give you clarity, compassion, and options.
Resources mentioned:
- The car trash bags Allison is loving lately
- Learn more about the sleep training services provided at Sleep and Wellness Coach
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long ’Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you’re trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you’re in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison’s free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap “Write a Review.”
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don’t miss an episode—subscribe so you’re always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Are you stressing over getting your baby’s wake windows just right? You’re not alone. Wake window charts are everywhere—on Instagram, in parenting groups, and even recommended by some sleep consultants. But here’s the truth: wake windows aren’t evidence-based.
In this episode of How Long ‘Til Bedtime?, pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi explains where wake windows came from, why they often backfire, and what research actually shows about healthy baby and toddler sleep. You’ll learn:
- Why wake windows can create more stress than solutions
- How circadian rhythm—not wake window timing—drives quality sleep
- The power of consistent nap times and bedtime anchors
- What to focus on instead if wake windows aren’t working for your baby
If you’ve ever felt like your baby is “broken” because they won’t fit into a chart, this conversation will set you free. Instead of micromanaging wake times, Allison shows you how to build sustainable sleep habits rooted in evidence and your child’s natural rhythm.
Resources mentioned:
- Episode 99. Understanding Natural Sleep Talent
- 1-on-1 sleep consultations with Allison and her team
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long ’Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you’re trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you’re in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Looking for expert guidance on your child’s sleep? Allison offers two free age-specific guides to help you discover how much sleep kids need to thrive—at any age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap “Write a Review.”
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don’t miss an episode—subscribe so you’re always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Labor Day has passed, the kids are back in school, and it’s the perfect time for a fall reset routine. After a summer of looser schedules, many parents and caregivers find themselves craving structure, healthy habits, and simple wellness swaps that create a greater sense of balance.
In this episode of How Long ’Til Bedtime?, pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi shares her personal fall reset habit shifts—from creating a consistent morning routine and prioritizing protein before coffee, to daily movement, improved sleep habits, and a renewed focus on whole-food meals (and remaining on a gluten free diet). Her goal is to use these small but powerful changes to feel calmer, more energized, and ready to take on the new school year.
Whether you’re seeking a fresh start, hoping to reset your wellness this season, or looking for inspiration for a fall morning routine, this episode offers practical ideas to put into practice right away.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long ’Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you’re trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you’re in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison’s free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap “Write a Review.”
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don’t miss an episode—subscribe so you’re always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
When life turns upside down, helpers appear. In this heartfelt episode, pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi shares a deeply personal story following a tragedy in her own neighborhood. Amid loss and devastation, she reflects on the healing power of helpers—the neighbors, friends, and community members who show up with compassion and kindness in times of need.
Allison explores:
- Why witnessing kindness is profoundly healing in the face of hardship
- How being a helper can ease feelings of helplessness and guilt
- The importance—and courage—of accepting help when you need it most
- Practical ways parents can both offer and receive support in everyday life
Whether you’re walking through tragedy, adjusting to the challenges of new parenthood, or simply navigating the ups and downs of life, this episode is a reminder that community and connection are vital. Helpers are always there if we’re willing to look—and sometimes the bravest thing we can do is say “yes” to their kindness.
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long ’Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you’re trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you’re in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison’s free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap “Write a Review.”
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don’t miss an episode—subscribe so you’re always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Mornings can set the tone for the entire day—especially during the school year. If you’ve ever felt frazzled trying to get your kids out the door, this episode is for you.
Allison shares her tried-and-true strategies for creating a smooth, stress-free morning routine, whether you’re sending your child to daycare, preschool, or elementary school. From the three simple things she preps the night before, to dividing responsibilities with her spouse, to avoiding the most common morning time-waster, you’ll learn practical tips you can start using tomorrow.
You’ll hear:
- Why a good night’s sleep is the foundation for a smooth morning
- The three prep steps that make the biggest difference
- How to cut down on transitions (and meltdowns!)
- The one change that could eliminate a major source of stress
- Ways to adapt your routine when you’re parenting solo in the mornings
With small adjustments and consistency, you can turn chaotic mornings into calm, productive starts.
Allison refers to Episode 91. A Simple Bedtime Routine That Takes 30 Minutes Or Less
Click here to listen to the episode on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long ’Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you’re trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you’re in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Give your child the gift of better sleep. Allison’s free, age-specific guides show you exactly how many hours of rest kids need to grow, learn, and thrive—no matter their age. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap “Write a Review.”
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don’t miss an episode—subscribe so you’re always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Kindergarten is a major milestone—for both kids and parents. So how can you best support your child’s transition and set them up to thrive, not just academically, but emotionally and socially?
In this encore episode, pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi is joined by veteran kindergarten teacher Meg Franco for a warm and insightful conversation about what families can do before and during the school year to make the leap to kindergarten smoother for everyone. From managing separation anxiety to knowing what skills really matter on day one (hint: it's not reading!), this episode is full of practical advice and gentle encouragement.
Meg has been teaching kindergarten for 22 years and strives to instill in her students a love of school and learning. Throughout this episode, she offers a glimpse inside a kindergarten classroom with plenty of anecdotes and tips. Whether your child is starting kindergarten this fall or you're thinking ahead, Meg's compassionate approach and real-world experience will help you feel more prepared—and more at peace.
What You’ll Learn: * What kindergarten teachers really want kids to be able to do on day one * How to foster independence and confidence at home * The truth about early academics—and what matters more than reading * How to handle drop-offs without prolonging the hard part * The role of routine, rest, and regulation during the kindergarten year * Why partnering with your child’s teacher makes all the difference
Resources mentioned: Episode 200. [ENCORE] What Your Child’s Preschool Teacher Wishes You Knew with Elizabeth Lane
Have You Filled A Bucket Today?
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—How Long ’Til Bedtime? is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips they can actually use.
Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, each episode delivers real solutions for every stage—from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you’re trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, craving your evenings back, or simply need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, you’re in the right place.
Want more from Allison? Sign up here to get her weekly email with podcast updates and other helpful parenting topics.
Wondering if your child is getting enough sleep? Allison’s free guides take the guesswork out of bedtime. Learn the optimal sleep ranges for every age so your little one can feel their best—day after day. Get your free copy now: 0-2 Years Old or 3 to 10 years old
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime?
Your rating and review help Allison reach and support more parents.
- On Apple Podcasts: Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the show, and tap “Write a Review.”
- On Spotify: Click here to leave a rating or review.
Don’t miss an episode—subscribe so you’re always up to date!
Connect with Allison: Instagram | Facebook | Website | YouTube
Sending your child off to preschool can be exciting—and emotional. But how can you really prepare your child (and yourself) for that big transition?
In this encore episode, Allison sits down with preschool teacher Elizabeth Lane to talk about everything she wishes parents knew before the first day of school. From fostering independence to navigating drop-off emotions to the real role parents play in early literacy, this conversation is full of practical, reassuring guidance you won’t want to miss.
Whether your child is heading to preschool this fall or you’re just curious about what to expect in the years ahead, this episode will leave you feeling informed and empowered.
You’ll learn:
- Why practicing independence at home (like putting on a coat or recognizing their name) makes a big difference
- How to support your child’s social-emotional development before and during the school year
- The best ways to handle emotional drop-offs (without lingering or guilt!)
- Why learning to read doesn’t need to be rushed—and how to support a love of books
- The power of teamwork between parents and teachers to help your child thrive
This episode is packed with insights to help you start the school year with confidence—and compassion for both you and your child. 💛
🎧 Listen now and share with a fellow preschool parent!
Resources mentioned:
Episode 101. The Key to Smooth Morning Routines for the School Year
Alphabreaths - the ABCs of Mindful Breathing
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—this is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips. Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, How Long ’Til Bedtime? delivers real solutions for everything from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you’re trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, desperately want your evenings back, or just need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, we’ve got you covered.
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
As the new school year approaches, it’s time to bring structure back to our children’s sleep schedules. In this second installment of Allison's back-to-school sleep series, we focus on elementary-aged children—a group especially impacted by the transition from summer to school routines.
Pediatric sleep coach, Allison Egidi shares practical tips to help parents reset their kids’ internal clocks, plan for early wake-up times, and ensure they’re getting the ideal amount of sleep for learning, behavior, and emotional regulation.
You’ll hear:
- Why sleep matters just as much as school supplies
- The surprising impact of sleep on classroom behavior and academic performance
- Allison’s breakdown of realistic sleep needs by age (5–10 years old)
- How to identify signs your child is sleep-deprived
- Why a rescue bedtime might save your school week
- How puberty starts to shift sleep rhythms (and what to do about it)
If your mornings are chaotic or your child struggles with focus or behavior during the school year, this episode offers clear guidance to help your whole family start strong.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
From baby sleep to toddler sleep, daycare naps to sleep training—this is the podcast for parents who want practical, guilt-free sleep tips. Hosted by pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi, How Long ’Til Bedtime? delivers real solutions for everything from navigating newborn sleep struggles and weaning night feedings to helping your 3-year-old fall asleep independently (and stay asleep!). Whether you’re trying to make sense of daycare sleep patterns, desperately want your evenings back, or just need a working mom podcast to keep you grounded, we’ve got you covered.
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
It’s that time of year again—school is starting, and for many families, that means earlier mornings, new routines, and some big adjustments in the sleep department.
In this episode, pediatric sleep coach Allison Egidi is sharing exactly how to help your toddler or preschooler ease into the school year with a healthy, sustainable sleep schedule. Whether your child is starting preschool, heading to daycare for the first time, or just coming off a relaxed summer schedule, these tips will help your entire household make the transition more smoothly—and with a lot less stress.
What You’ll Learn: * How to determine your child’s optimal amount of sleep * Why preschoolers and toddlers benefit from more sleep than you think * How to shift your schedule gradually before school starts * When to use “rescue bedtimes” and how they help * Why waking up naturally is the gold standard for kids * How to handle early risers while still maximizing sleep * What to expect (and not stress about!) with daycare naps and preschool cot sleeping * Strategies for navigating tricky half-day preschool schedules
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Is the 4-month sleep regression inevitable? Not necessarily. In this episode of How Long 'Til Bedtime?, pediatric sleep specialist Allison Egidi explains how practicing “drowsy but awake” before 4 months can help your baby sleep longer stretches and avoid the most disruptive parts of this sleep shift. Learn what "drowsy but awake" really means, how to start practicing it, and what to do if it’s not going smoothly.
Whether you’re a brand-new parent or you’ve got a 3-month-old who’s suddenly waking every 45 minutes, this episode is packed with practical strategies you can start using right away.
What you’ll learn: * What the 4-month sleep regression really is—and why I call it a progression * Why sleep starts to fall apart around this age (and what to do about it) * What “drowsy but awake” actually looks like in real life * A simple, gentle approach to helping your baby fall asleep in the crib * How to build the skill gradually—starting with just one nap a day * What to try if your baby wakes the second they hit the crib mattress * How to troubleshoot naps and wake windows to make sleep easier
Resources mentioned in the episode: * 🎯 Have Baby, Need Sleep Program: Get week-by-week personalized guidance from birth through 20 weeks * 📋 Listener Survey + Free 15-Minute Call: Tell me what you love, what you want more of, and get a free consult * 🍼 Want help teaching independent sleep? Book a private consultation with Allison or a member of her team here
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Struggling with bedtime battles that seem worse after daycare days? You’re not alone—and today’s episode of How Long ‘Til Bedtime? is here to help you understand what’s really going on.
In this episode, pediatric sleep specialist Allison Egidi breaks down the connection between daytime naps in daycare or preschool and the bedtime resistance you may be facing at home. If your 2.5 to 5-year-old naps at school and bedtime has become your least favorite time of day, this episode is for you.
You’ll learn:
- Why most kids under 3.5 still need a daily nap or structured rest time
- How naps improve emotional regulation, impulse control, and memory
- What signs to look for to know if your child still needs a nap
- Why capping naps—not cutting them—might be your secret weapon
- How to set up a weekend reset plan to reclaim peaceful bedtimes
- What to do when your child’s daycare “won’t wake a sleeping child”
- When to consider a full bedtime reset (and how Allison can help)
👉 Resources mentioned in this episode:
- 🎧 Listener Survey – Get a free 15-minute consult + WHOOP giveaway!
- 💤 Your Preschool Sleep Champion Program
- 📅 Book a One-on-One Sleep Consultation with a sleep coach
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
After 3.5 years and nearly 200 episodes, Allison is asking for a small but meaningful favor: would you take a few minutes to fill out a short listener survey? It’ll help us shape future episodes to better meet your needs, and as a thank-you, you’ll get a free 15-minute sleep coaching call with Allison—no strings attached.
Plus, complete the survey by July 31st and you’ll be entered to win a WHOOP 4.0 strap with two months of service.
Your feedback means the world to us and truly helps keep this show growing and thriving.
👉 Take the survey now
Thanks for being here... and thank you for sharing your feedback with us!
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Longer days and spontaneous summer fun often lead to later bedtimes, skipped naps, and disrupted routines. For some toddlers and babies, this isn’t a big deal. But for others—especially children with more sensitive sleep needs—even a few “off” days can trigger a summer sleep regression.
In this episode, pediatric sleep specialist Allison Egidi explains how summer sleep schedules can either support your child’s rest or lead to overtired toddlers, bedtime battles, night wakings, and early morning wakeups.
You’ll learn how to spot the signs of a sleep regression caused by summer schedule changes, how sleep debt builds over time, and what to do when your toddler or baby’s sleep gets off track. Allison also shares personal stories from her own family—highlighting just how different two children can be when it comes to summer sleep flexibility.
🎧 Tune in to discover:
- Why it’s normal to want more flexibility in the summer
- Which babies and toddlers thrive with a relaxed sleep schedule—and which don’t
- How “sleep debt” builds and triggers toddler and baby sleep regressions
- Signs your summer schedule may be causing sleep struggles
- Real-life examples of two kids with totally different sleep needs
- How to reset your child’s sleep routine—without giving up summer fun
Whether you're managing nap schedule chaos, late-night pool parties, or early-morning wakeups, this episode will help you find your child’s tipping point and create a summer rhythm that works for your whole family.
🎁 Bonus: Fill out the quick listener survey before July 31st for a free 15-minute coaching call and a chance to win a Whoop Strap 4.0! 👉 sleepandwellnesscoach.com/survey
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Fireworks are fun—until they wake your toddler at 10 PM. In this episode, Allison Egidi is joined by fellow pediatric sleep coach and returning guest Ellen Hayden to talk all things July 4th, bedtime anxiety, and how to prep kids for loud nighttime celebrations. They cover real-life examples from Ellen’s son, who’s three and full of questions, and offer evidence-based tips for parents trying to keep bedtime intact during a noisy holiday weekend.
In this episode, you’ll learn:
- How to frame fireworks in a positive light (without planting fear)
- Factors to consider when deciding whether to keep your child up for fireworks
- Why white noise can be your secret weapon
- How to prep for sleep disruptions without feeding anxiety
- What to do if your child wakes up during fireworks
- Allison’s go-to solution to recover from a night of firework-disrupted sleep
Resources Mentioned:
- Episode 37: July 4th Fireworks and Sleep
- Episode 185: How To Help Your Child Sleep Without Extra Tuck-Ins – Allison and Ellen discuss how to help your child sleep through storms in the Before We Dive In segment at the beginning of episode 185
🎁 Bonus: Fill out the quick listener survey before July 31st for a free 15-minute coaching call and a chance to win a Whoop Strap 4.0! 👉 sleepandwellnesscoach.com/survey
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
This week on How Long ’Til Bedtime?, we’re continuing our recognition of Men’s Mental Health Month with an important and timely conversation about paternal postpartum depression, postpartum anxiety in fathers, and the overall mental health challenges new dads face.
Sleep and wellness coach Allison Egidi is joined by Dr. Daniel Singley, a San Diego-based clinical psychologist, board-certified in cognitive behavioral therapy, and the founder of the Center for Men’s Excellence. With over 20 years of clinical experience, Dr. Singley specializes in reproductive psychology and supporting men through the transition to fatherhood.
Following last week’s personal story with Christopher Rose, this episode offers a broader, expert-led perspective on why mental health for new fathers needs more attention—and what we can do about it.
In this episode, Dr. Singley shares: * Why men’s mental health during the postpartum period is often overlooked * The most common symptoms of paternal postpartum depression and anxiety (and how they differ from maternal symptoms) * How invisibility during pregnancy and postpartum affects dads’ emotional well-being * Risk factors that make some fathers more vulnerable to postnatal mental health struggles * Practical ways partners, friends, and professionals can support struggling dads * How workplace policies, paternity leave, and cultural shifts can better support mental health in fathers * Accessible resources for dads who may be hesitant to seek therapy
Key Takeaways: * Around 1 in 10 fathers experience postpartum depression, and even more experience postpartum anxiety—yet many remain undiagnosed and unsupported. * Symptoms of male postpartum depression may include anger, irritability, withdrawal, substance use, or even physical symptoms like headaches and chest pain. * When one parent is struggling, there's a 50% chance the other is too—proving the need for a whole-family approach to perinatal mental health care.
Resources Mentioned:
- Center for Men's Excellence
- Postpartum Support International – Offers support groups for fathers
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Postpartum depression doesn't just affect mothers. In this powerful episode honoring Men’s Mental Health Month, Allison Egidi talks with first-time father Christopher Rose about his struggle with paternal postpartum depression, anxiety, rage, and OCD after the birth of his daughter during the pandemic.
If you're a new dad, partner, or anyone supporting a family with a newborn, this candid conversation offers insight, support, and hope for healing.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
- What postpartum depression in dads can actually look like
- Early signs and symptoms of postpartum depression in dads
- The impact of breastfeeding challenges and lack of support
- Why many fathers feel isolated and overlooked
- How societal pressure affects men’s mental health
- Christopher’s turning point and how he got help through Postpartum Support International (PSI)
- Advice for new dads who feel overwhelmed, anxious, or emotionally unwell
Resources mentioned:
- Postpartum Support International – including support groups for fathers and mothers
- Peanut App — connecting parents for support and friendship
Key takeaways:
- 1 in 10 dads experiences postpartum depression
- Dads’ mental health matters — it's vital for the whole family
- Support is out there, and recovery is possible
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Planning a trip abroad with your little one? Wondering how to navigate time changes, late dinners, and sleep on long flights? You’re not alone—and this episode is here to help.
After taking her own daughters to Europe three times (and guiding dozens of families through international sleep transitions), Allison is sharing real-life strategies for helping your child sleep well during international travel — so your trip is filled with memories, not meltdowns.
In this episode, she covers the three biggest international travel sleep challenges she hears from families — and how to handle each with confidence.
✨ You’ll learn:
- The best time of day to book your flight (and how to handle sleep on board ✈️)
- How to help your child adjust quickly to a new time zone — even if that first night is rough
- What to do when dinner is at 7pm but bedtime used to be at 7pm 😬
Whether you're heading across the pond or just dreaming of it, this episode is packed with practical tips that will help your whole family sleep better — and travel happier.
📦 Download Allison’s free checklist: What to Pack for International Sleep Success Grab the checklist to see exactly what Allison packs (and recommends for clients) to make sleep smoother on the plane and at bedtime once you arrive.
🔁 Hear more of Allison’s travel tips in these related resources: * 📖 Traveling to Paris With Kids blog post * 🎧 Episode 113 – How To Help Your Child Sleep When Traveling to Europe
❤️ Love the Show? If today’s episode was helpful, please consider:
- Sharing it with a fellow parent who's prepping for summer travel
- Leaving a quick rating or review — it really helps other parents find us!
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
If you’re planning a summer getaway with your little one, this episode is your go-to guide for handling sleep challenges while traveling. From shifting nap schedules to hotel room sharing to resetting after vacation — we’re covering it all with simple, realistic strategies that will help keep sleep on track without sacrificing the fun.
✈️ What You’ll Learn in This Episode: * How to balance naps and bedtimes while still enjoying your vacation * Tips for managing sleep in shared spaces (like hotels or relatives’ homes) * What to do if your child’s sleep falls apart — and how to quickly reset once you’re home
🧳 Mentioned in This Episode: * Clean Towels – Disposable, sturdy face towels perfect for travel (shop here) * SlumberPod – A portable blackout sleep solution for room sharing and travel → Use discount code sleepandwellnesscoach at checkout (shop here) * 30-Minute Sleep Travel Consultations – One-on-one support for planning your child’s sleep while away → Book your session
🔁 Hear more of Allison’s travel tips in this related episode: * 🎧 Episode 35 – Summer Travel Sleep Tips
❤️ Love the Show? If today’s episode was helpful, please consider:
- Sharing it with a fellow parent who's prepping for summer travel
- Leaving a quick rating or review — it really helps other parents find us!
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
In honor of Maternal Mental Health Awareness Month, we’re revisiting one of our most popular episodes exploring the emotional and mental shifts that come with new motherhood.
In this encore conversation, Allison Egidi is joined by Ellen Jones and Holly Kennedy, maternal wellness coaches and co-founders of Mother Tree Wellness, to talk candidly about their own experiences with postpartum depression and anxiety—and how they turned those struggles into a mission to support other moms.
Inside this episode, you’ll learn:
- How postpartum anxiety and depression can show up—even when you're “doing all the right things”
- The personality traits that may increase vulnerability to postpartum mental health challenges
- The real meaning of “losing yourself” in motherhood—and how to start finding your way back
- How partners can be better prepared to offer support
- The difference between therapy and maternal wellness coaching
- What to say (and not say) to new moms who might be struggling
✨ Whether you’re a new mom, an expecting parent, or someone supporting a loved one through this transition, this episode is packed with validation, wisdom, and hope.
💡 Resources & Links Mentioned:
- Learn more about Mother Tree Wellness at their website or on Instagram
- More help is available from Postpartum Support International: postpartum.net
May is Maternal Mental Health Awareness Month. Each of the ten episodes we have dedicated to this important subject offers a slightly different perspective. Listen in and help spread the word by forwarding an episode or two to a new mom in your life.
Episodes:
-
My Postpartum Anxiety Story
-
How to Keep Reaching for the Light with Britt Davis
-
Sleep Makes Such a Difference with Caroline Vasquez
-
Where Did I Go with Ellen Jones and Holly Kennedy
-
The Postpartum Journey from the Perspective of Three Husbands with Mike Vasquez, Alex Grant and Todd Kennedy
-
Planning for Your Mental Health Postpartum with Kayce Hodos
-
Maternal Mental Health From The Perspective of an OB/GYN with Dr. Nicole Rankins
-
Maternal Mental Health From The Perspective of a Pediatrician with Dr. Stephanie Grice
-
How Postpartum Support International Supports Parents with President and CEO Wendy Davis
-
Maternal Mental Health: What I Want Every Parent To Know
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Is your newborn wide awake at night, but sleeps peacefully all afternoon? You're likely dealing with day/night confusion, a completely normal—but totally exhausting—part of early parenthood.
In this episode, pediatric sleep and wellness coach Allison Egidi breaks down:
- What day/night confusion really is and why it happens
- The simple environmental changes that help your baby reset their internal clock
- How to use light and dark to gently guide your newborn’s circadian rhythm
- How long it can take to "fix" day/night confusion
- When and how to start capping naps
- What “progress” actually looks like during this phase (hint: small wins matter!)
You’ll also learn why this is a temporary developmental phase, and how consistent day/night signaling can help it resolve sooner—often by 6 weeks of age.
If you're in the thick of it, Allison's guidance will help you feel reassured and empowered as you support your baby's sleep development from the start.
✨ If you found this episode helpful, don’t forget to subscribe and leave a review. It helps other tired parents find the show!
Links Mentioned:
Need more support with newborn sleep? Join Allison’s Have Baby, Need Sleep program for step-by-step guidance, expert modules, and live weekly Q&As. Learn more here!
May is Maternal Mental Health Awareness Month. Each of the ten episodes we have dedicated to this important subject offers a slightly different perspective. Listen in and help spread the word by forwarding an episode or two to a new mom in your life.
Episodes:
-
My Postpartum Anxiety Story
-
How to Keep Reaching for the Light with Britt Davis
-
Sleep Makes Such a Difference with Caroline Vasquez
-
Where Did I Go with Ellen Jones and Holly Kennedy
-
The Postpartum Journey from the Perspective of Three Husbands with Mike Vasquez, Alex Grant and Todd Kennedy
-
Planning for Your Mental Health Postpartum with Kayce Hodos
-
Maternal Mental Health From The Perspective of an OB/GYN with Dr. Nicole Rankins
-
Maternal Mental Health From The Perspective of a Pediatrician with Dr. Stephanie Grice
-
How Postpartum Support International Supports Parents with President and CEO Wendy Davis
-
Maternal Mental Health: What I Want Every Parent To Know
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Allison Egidi welcomes a unique and inspiring guest—12th grader Lizzie Pisani—who shares powerful insights from her year-long capstone project on the relationship between teen sleep, anxiety, and screen use.
After struggling with her own sleep during the COVID-19 pandemic, Lizzie became curious about how disrupted sleep impacts mental health in teens. Her passion for the topic led her to dive deep into research, survey her peers, and interview professionals—all culminating in a project aimed at helping teens and parents better understand the connection between sleep and emotional well-being.
In this episode, you’ll learn:
- What inspired Lizzie to research teen sleep and anxiety
- The clear correlation she found between poor sleep and higher levels of anxiety in her high school community
- How screen time and inconsistent sleep routines exacerbate mental health challenges in adolescents
- Simple, actionable strategies that teens (and their parents!) can implement to improve sleep hygiene
- Surprising stats about how many teens aren't getting enough rest—and the real consequences
- Lizzie’s compelling ideas for how schools can support student well-being through sleep education
- Personal reflections from Lizzie on the challenges and rewards of applying her own sleep tips
Whether you're raising a teen or preparing for the teen years ahead, Lizzie’s thoughtful perspective and practical advice are not to be missed.
🎧 Tune in to hear how empowering teens with knowledge about sleep can make a lasting impact—on grades, mood, safety, and overall health.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
You’ve probably heard that feeding your baby to sleep can create a sleep crutch—but what about keeping a feeding in the bedtime routine without letting your baby fall asleep during it? In this episode, I’m breaking down why a bedtime feeding can be a helpful part of your evening wind-down, how to include it without reinforcing a sleep association, and simple tweaks that support independent sleep while keeping that sweet feeding moment.
In this episode, you’ll learn:
- Why feeding before bed doesn’t have to be a “bad habit”
- The key shift that makes a bedtime feed work with your sleep goals
- What to do after the feeding to help your baby fall asleep on their own
- How this small change can lead to longer stretches of sleep overnight
If you’ve been wondering whether to keep or change the bedtime feeding, this episode is for you.
Resources & Links:
- DM me your bedtime routine @sleepandwellnesscoach
- Want to work together 1:1? Learn more at sleepandwellnesscoach.com
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Is your child calling you back in night after night (or worse—multiple times a night) just to be re-tucked? You're not alone—and you don’t have to stay stuck on the tuck-in merry-go-round. In this episode, Allison walks you through a simple, empowering strategy to help your child learn to pull their blanket back on independently—even as young as age two.
You’ll learn:
- Why your child may have developed the habit of calling you back in at bedtime (and how it becomes part of their routine).
- The key approach to help your child learn how to pull their blanket back on themselves.
- How to use calm encouragement to help your child gain independence at bedtime, even if they resist at first.
- How Allison used this method with her own child at age 2, and how quickly it worked to stop the bedtime interruptions.
If bedtime has become a nightly struggle, check out Allison’s Your Preschool Sleep Champion program—designed specifically for kids 2.5 to 6 who resist bedtime or wake during the night or too early. You’ll learn exactly how to reduce drama, build confidence, and get your evenings and nights back.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Ever had a perfectly good nap day derailed by a five-minute car ride? You’re not alone.
In this short and actionable episode, Allison breaks down the real reason why even a micro-nap in the car can totally throw off your baby or toddler’s nap schedule. Whether it’s a one-minute snooze on the way home from daycare or a quick doze during errands, these tiny naps pack a surprisingly big punch.
You’ll learn:
- Why short car naps mess with your child’s natural sleep pressure
- What to do in the moment if your child dozes off in the car
- Tips for handling that tricky 5 p.m. post-daycare nap
- How to quickly get your baby’s sleep rhythm back on track
If car naps have been sabotaging your little one’s sleep, this episode will help you understand why—and what to do about it.
Mentioned in this episode: 👉 Need help stabilizing your baby’s naps? Book a free 15-minute Get Acquainted Call: www.sleepandwellnesscoach.com/packages
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Puberty doesn’t just bring growth spurts and mood swings—it also changes the way your child sleeps. In this episode, Allison breaks down what’s happening biologically when tweens start staying up later and struggling to get up in the morning. You’ll learn how to recognize the signs that your child’s internal clock is shifting and get practical tips to help them stay well-rested—even as their sleep needs evolve.
What You'll Learn:
- Why your tween is suddenly taking longer to fall asleep
- How puberty affects melatonin production and circadian rhythms
- Real signs your child’s sleep is shifting (and what’s still normal)
- What to try when your child is staying up too late and still has an early wake-up
- How Allison is navigating this season with her own kids (and what’s working!)
Mentioned in this episode:
- Calm app for bedtime meditations
- Peloton app for bedtime meditations and stretching
Know a parent with a tween or teen? Forward this episode their way—it might just save a few hours of sleep this week.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
We all want our kids to embrace bedtime and develop a positive relationship with sleep, but sometimes we miss key opportunities to reinforce this mindset. In today’s episode, Allison is sharing a simple, go-to response to your child’s “I’m tired” that can encourage a healthy sleep attitude.
Episode highlights:
- The golden moment when your child says, "I'm tired" at dinner and how to respond
- Why validating your child’s feelings of tiredness can be a game-changer
- How to reinforce the importance of listening to their body’s signals
- The power of using positive language around sleep
- What to do if your child truly needs sleep more than food
- Tips for shaping a positive sleep narrative that reduces bedtime resistance
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Teething and sleep is one of those parenting topics that sparks a lot of debate. In this episode, Allison is addressing a question she hears constantly: Should you wait to sleep train if you know or suspect that your baby is teething? Spoiler alert: No, you don’t need to wait! In fact, helping your baby learn to sleep well might actually help them manage teething discomfort better at night.
Listen in as Allison dives into the latest research published in The Journal of Pediatrics, which reveals that teething does not actually cause night wakings. She’ll share the findings from a brand-new study, which used advanced video monitoring to track the sleep patterns of babies on teething vs. non-teething nights. The results may surprise you!
If you’ve been waiting to sleep train because of teething, this episode will reassure you that it’s not only possible but beneficial to start sleep training now.
Allison and Sophie Kuzjak discuss the transition out of the swaddle in our Before We Dive In segment. Learn more about the Zipadee-Zip transition swaddle they mentioned.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
If your child has figured out that potty breaks are a perfect excuse to delay bedtime, it can quickly turn into a frustrating routine. But don’t worry—Allison has some straightforward strategies to help you set boundaries and restore peace to bedtime.
It can be difficult to determine whether or not your child actually does need to use the restroom when they are asking multiple times each evening. Listen in for Allison’s tips for sorting through the stall tactics and setting your child up for sleep success without the multiple trips to the potty at bedtime. Plus, she’s sharing language you can use to set and keep a clear structure around your child’s bedtime routine.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Use code SLEEP to get free shipping on your first order at Shenanigans
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
If you have a toddler, you likely have some questions when it comes to their sleep. This age group can be tricky with their big emotions and all the sleep transitions they naturally go through. In this episode, Allison is answering the five questions she gets asked the most about toddlers. She’ll cover sleep regressions, the transition from crib to bed, toddler clocks, night lights, and how and when to introduce a pillow and blanket.
Products Allison mentions:
Toddler Pillow
Toddler Blanket
Hatch Sleep Light
Other resources you may find helpful:
Sleep Regression Workshop
Crib to Bed Transition Workshop
Episode 9. The Truth About Night Lights and Fear of the Dark
Episode 46. The Key to Success with a Toddler Clock
Episode 94. When To Introduce a Pillow and Blanket
Episode 95. Q&A - If my child naps well on a cot at daycare, are they ready for a big kid bed?
Episode 167. [ENCORE] 5 Myths About the Crib to Bed Transition
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Use code SLEEP to get free shipping on your first order at Shenanigans
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Melatonin is often marketed as a natural and harmless sleep aid, but is it really safe for kids? In this episode of How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Allison is diving into why she doesn’t recommend melatonin for most children. We’ll explore the lack of long-term research, the potential impact on puberty, and why relying on melatonin might be masking deeper sleep issues.
You’ll learn: ✅ Whether or melatonin is well studied in children ✅ What emerging research says about its potential effects on puberty ✅ Why fixing underlying sleep habits is a better long-term solution
If you’ve ever considered giving your child melatonin or want to understand the risks, this episode is a must-listen!
Check out the Acquired podcast: Costco that Allison mentioned.
Learn more about the Sleep and Wellness Coach programs and services Allison mentioned:
Your Preschool Sleep Champion Program
1-on-1 Coaching Services
Free Guide: Help Your Child Thrive With Sleep: 3 to 10 Years Old
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Use code SLEEP to get free shipping on your first order at Shenanigans
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Good news! The dreaded daylight saving spring time change is EASIER to navigate than the fall time change. Today, Allison is going to share how you can have your child adjusted to the new time in ONE DAY. And, she’s going to answer the common question about whether you can use this time change to switch to a later bedtime and later morning wake time.
She’ll share why she doesn’t recommend the method of the gradual shift and walk you through a step-by-step plan for tweaking naps and bedtimes to make this transition as smooth as possible. Parents with newborns not on a schedule yet, she’s got simple guidance for you too.
Plus she’s created a Spring Time Change cheat sheet to help you make the switch with ease. Click here to request your copy!
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Use code SLEEP to get free shipping on your first order at Shenanigans
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
If you are considering hiring a sleep coach or consultant, listen in to hear Allison’s tips for choosing the ideal person to help your family.
Allison mentioned Dr. Temple’s Instagram
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Some parents are able to help their babies or young children learn to sleep well without any professional help. There is a plethora of books and information online that parents can use to educate themselves on sleep. Other babies, however, continue to struggle despite their parents best efforts. In these cases, a sleep coach or consultant can be a valuable resource.
In this episode, Allison is sharing the key benefits parents receive from working with a sleep coach.
Links for items Allison mentions in the episode:
Boiron Oscillococcinum
Dr. Temple’s flu advice
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Is your child between the ages of 2 and 5? Listen in to hear the FOUR items Allison believes need to be in every toddler’s bedroom – and the ONE item she strongly encourages you to leave out of their bedroom. She provides her reasoning behind all these recommendations, as well as complete details on her must have items.
Allison mentions these previous episodes:
-
4 Things I Like To See In Every Infant's Room
-
[ENCORE] 5 Myths About the Crib to Bed Transition
-
The Key to Success with a Toddler Clock
-
Nap, Rest Time or Drop the Nap? Let's Discuss.
Links for items Allison mentions in the episode:
Canopy humidifier
Levoit humidifier
Blackout blinds
Hatch Toddler Clock
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Do you have a baby under 2 or are you expecting? Listen in to hear the FOUR items Allison believes need to be in every infant’s bedroom. She provides complete details on the items, as well as why she believes these items are necessities.
Links for items Allison mentions in the episode:
Canopy humidifier
Levoit humidifier
Blackout blinds
Hatch Sound Machine
Dohm White Noise Sound Machine
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Many working moms who juggle careers and daycare often experience some form of mom guilt. It can show up in many ways, but one that Allison frequently hears about is the guilt that comes with having limited time with children in the evening because of early bedtimes. Allison herself struggled with what she calls "working-mom-bedtime-guilt." After solving her older daughter’s sleep puzzle, she discovered that a 7pm bedtime worked best for her children. However, this early bedtime left little room for hanging out together after a long day of work and daycare. As a result, Allison grappled with feelings of guilt about not having enough time to bond with her girls each evening.
In this episode, Allison shares how she was able to shift her mindset and find peace with the early bedtime schedule, recognizing its benefits for everyone in the family. She opens up about her personal experience in hopes of helping you find your own path to easing that persistent working mom guilt.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Have you ever wondered if it’s too late to embark on sleep training with your baby, toddler, or young child? Parents often ask Allison this question. It’s very common for parents to wonder if they’ve missed the window to improve their child’s sleep situation. In this episode, Allison’s sharing her thoughts on if it’s ever too late to sleep train a baby or child.
Allison mentions Episode 153. When is the best time to sleep train a child?
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Figuring out the ideal number of naps per day for a 4 month old can often be challenging for parents. In fact, the entire 4 to 5 month window is a particularly unique period of time when it comes to naps schedules. Prior to 4 months, babies don’t have a mature circadian rhythm, which means they aren’t generally ready for a set nap schedule. Add in the sleep interruptions that the four month sleep regression often brings, and parents can really be at a loss for how to structure their baby’s naps at this age.
In this episode, Allison will help you figure out exactly how many naps per day your four month old should be taking. And she’ll discuss whether you should be using wake windows or a set schedule to organize the naps.
Allison mentions Episode 23. Good News About The 4 Month Sleep Regression
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Kim Grenawitzke from Solid Starts joins Allison for a discussion on introducing solid foods and developing adventurous eaters. Kim is the Senior Feeding and Swallowing Specialist at Solid Starts and a mom of two.
This episode is packed from start to finish with actionable advice for your family, no matter what feeding stage you’re in. You’ll hear strategies for starting solids with your young baby and for improving eating habits if your child is a picky eater. Kim shares approaches to feeding if you’re concerned about food allergies, and language you can use to keep mealtimes positive and to encourage your children to become confident eaters who enjoy sharing the experience of eating food with people they love. Allison and Kim share personal experiences and lessons learned from feeding their own children, and provide professional tips and guidance for avoiding the many pitfalls parents encounter around feeding and mealtimes.
Here are the topics they discussed with time stamps to help you find sections of interest:
[9:52] When to start introducing solids and why? What development signs are you looking for in your child to know the time is right?
[14:29] What to do if your child shows no interest in food, but is developmentally ready to start solids?
[16:10] At what age should you consult your healthcare provider for help if your child is not interested in food?
[16:48] What are the fundamentals of Kim’s approach for introducing solid foods and the physiological reasons driving these principles?
[21:02] How do you choose what food to introduce to your child first?
[23:29] How to make sure the solid food you choose to share is safe for your child? What size and texture is appropriate for young eaters?
[30:21] How to handle feeding if your child is gagging when food is in their mouth or choking while eating?
[34:29] What are the pros and cons of feeding homemade food and store bought baby food?
[38:02] Do I need to feed my baby a special baby yogurt or is regular yogurt a good choice?
[42:59] How and when do you introduce foods in the nine major allergy groups (peanut, tree nut, dairy, egg, tinned fish, shellfish, soy, sesame, wheat)?
[47:54] Which babies are considered high-risk to develop a food allergy? What is the strategy for introducing allergy foods for this group?
[52:19] Why are food allergies more prevalent today than they were in the past?
[53:44] What are strategies for improving mealtimes with toddlers and preschoolers who have become picky or sensitive eaters or are refusing food?
[59:30] Is it ok if my child chooses to skip a meal or goes to sleep without eating dinner?
[1:00:55] In what situations would I need to take my child to a feeding specialist?
[1:08:29] How do parents set up a mealtime environment to encourage children to become adventurous eaters?
[1:09:44] Who do I consult if my child is struggling to gain weight due to not eating enough?
[1:13:51] If a parent feels they’ve handled food introductions incorrectly and now has a picky eater, how do they make changes and improve the situation?
[1:16:54] Allison and Kim discuss how building family connections at the dinner table can help improve eating behaviors and result in smoother bedtime transitions as well. What are interesting conversation starters and ways to foster connection at meal times?
[1:22:56] What language should you use with your children when it comes to food and mealtimes? And what language should you avoid using?
[1:35:29] What services does Solid Starts provide and who can benefit? How can I get help feeding my family?
Learn more about Solid Starts on Instagram or at their website
Solid Starts discount code: use code BEDTIME20 to receive 20% off your first year of an annual subscription at https://solidstarts.com/app/
Pre-order your copy of Solid Starts for Babies: How to Introduce Solid Food and Raise a Happy Eater (available April 1, 2025)
This episode is sponsored by Stacey Olson. Find out more about Stacey at her website or order your copy of Your Balanced and Bold Life: Work Less, Live More and Be Your Best.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Studies clearly show that getting the optimal amount of sleep improves a child’s impulse control, emotional regulation, and learning retention. The American Academy of Pediatrics recommends that children 3 to 5 years old get 10-13 hours of sleep in a 24 hour period and that children between 6 and 10 years old get 9 to 12 hours of sleep in a 24 hour period. These are big ranges and it can be difficult to determine the sweet spot of optimal sleep for each child. Allison believes that many children can get by on the lower end of these ranges, but will really thrive on the higher end. Listen in to hear the details of her own personal experience and many of her clients’ experiences that have led her to this conclusion.
Get your copy of Allison’s free download that accompanies this episode: Helping Your Child Thrive With Sleep
Allison mentions:
Episode 107. How Many Hours of Sleep Do Babies Need?
Matthew Walker’s talk on sleep
Interested in getting more personalized guidance from Allison? We invite you to schedule a 15 minute free call or check out her free workshop called 3 Steps to a Successful Sleep Reset for 2.5-6 Year Olds.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Are you considering moving your child from the crib to a bed? Is someone in your life pressuring you to ditch the crib? Expecting another baby and wondering if you actually need to buy another crib? This episode is for you. Allison often tells people that one of the most valuable pieces of advice she can give them is to keep their child in the crib longer than they think they need to. Listen in as she explains why she gives that advice and break down 5 myths about the crib to bed transition.
Access Allison’s workshop: How to Prepare Your Child For A Smooth Crib To Bed Transition
Allison mentions Episode 11: Potty Training Without Disrupting Your Child’s Sleep
Allison’s favorite sleep sack.
Find out more about Allison’s Preschool Sleep Program
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
After each guest interview we do for the podcast, Allison asks our guests some rapid-fire questions unrelated to their area of expertise. Today’s episode is a compilation of all the great “bonus answers” they shared with us in the last six months. These four guests will share their favorite stress-relieving self care strategies, family game and book and podcast recommendations, charities and nonprofit organizations they support, and the personal goal they are working towards this year.
Links to the previous episodes referred to in this episode:
-
Transitioning From One To Two Kids with Ellen Hayden
-
The Power of Exposure in Building Inclusive Communities with Angela O’Brien
-
How Two Small Changes Helped This Mom Achieve Smoother Bedtimes with Jessica Oliveri
-
Learning More About The Sober Curious Movement with Casey Davidson
-
Celebrating Our First Anniversary
-
Our Guests Have Even More To Say
-
Our Guests Have Even More To Say - Part Two
-
Our Guests Dive Deeper
Games mentioned in this episode:
Hungry, Hungry Hippos
Bananagrams
Uno
Trouble
Taco Cat Goat Cheese Pizza
Monopoly Deal
Books mentioned in this episode:
When Breath Becomes Air
The Anxious Generation
Charitable organizations mentioned in this episode:
Isaiah 117 House
Down Syndrome Guild of Dallas
Notre Dame School of Dallas
Boston Children’s Hospital
Mass Eye and Ear Curing Kids Fund
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Welcoming a new baby into the house is life changing, for parents AND for older siblings. This big change, or even just the anticipation of it, can often trigger a sleep regression in toddlers and preschool age children. Allison is sharing three tips to help you avoid a sleep regression with an older sibling when you bring home a new baby.
Allison mentions Episode 146. Going From One to Two: Fears and Challenges
Find out more about Allison’s workshop: How To Quickly Recover From A Sleep Regression for 15-30 Month Olds
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Have you thought about taking a break from drinking alcohol? Or have you just wondered what being Sober Curious is all about? Join Allison for a candid conversation about the Sober Curious movement with Casey Davidson. Casey is a Certified Life Coach and Master Practitioner in Core Energy Leadership and is eight years sober. After finding out how much happier and healthier she felt after removing alcohol from her life, Casey made it her mission to help other busy, driven women reevaluate their relationship with alcohol and create lives they love. Listen in for Casey’s story and a discussion about how you could explore options for taking a break from alcohol.
Learn more about Casey Davidson and her Hello Someday Coaching
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Our three coaches share gift recommendations for the children and adults in your life. The 2024 holiday season is the inspiration for this episode, but their ideas are gifts you could give at any time throughout the year.
Allison mentions our gift idea episode from 2023: Episode 112. Gift Ideas for Everyone on Your List - Our Team Favorites
Details on the products mentioned in this episode:
Journal Kit
Small Pouch
Makeup and lotion spatula
Pet mug
Toniebox
Garages
Geometry towels
School Bus Pop Out Tent
Outdoor Playset
Blue Light Glasses
Whoop Adjustable Sleep Mask
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
The holiday travel season is upon us. You may be preparing to take your family on a long car ride or be flying somewhere. Your travels may be taking you to stay with family or to stay in a hotel. Some children will be sleeping in their own room during these travels and some of you will need to roomshare. And on top of everything else, many will be traveling to different time zones. So today, Allison is sharing tips to help you with all of these different travel scenarios along with her advice on managing family expectations.
Get 10% off a Slumberpod with Allison’s affiliate code, SLEEPANDWELLNESSCOACH
Allison’s favorite travel white noise machine
Allison mentions Episode 6. Managing Family Expectations
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
There is no evidence based answer as to when a baby no longer “needs” night feedings. Based on her experience working with over 1,000 babies, Allison tends to find that by 6 months or 16 pounds, whichever comes first, most babies are ready to sleep through the night without feeding. Sometimes, however, these babies need help dropping those night feedings.
If you are considering dropping one or more of your child’s night feedings and are looking for a plan to drop one, listen in for Allison’s simple advice.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Allison is addressing the two most common questions and concerns she hears from families after the fall time change and the end of daylight saving time.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Infant and toddler sleep needs to be balanced throughout a 24 hour period. Both nighttime and day sleep are important for our babies’ growth and development. Even though the bulk of our children’s sleep happens at night, naps are very important.
Some babies are naturally inclined to take long naps before they learn to sleep well at night… and sometimes those naps can be too long.
In this episode, Allison will provide guidelines for your child’s optimal allocation between daytime naps and nighttime sleep to help you determine when waking them from a long daytime nap is beneficial.
To find out how much day and night sleep Allison thinks is optimal for children based on their age, request your copy of her FREE GUIDES for 0-2 year olds or for 3 to 10 year olds.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
The dreaded fall time change is upon us again. But there’s no need for concern. Allison has guided her community through this transition for years with great results. Her plan makes it a very quick and mostly painless process. In this episode, she shares how you can help your child smoothly transition to the new time and avoid getting stuck with crazy early wakings. She also discusses where we currently stand as it relates to the proposed end to switching the clocks twice per year (the Sunshine Protection Act).
Click here for the free cheat sheet download Allison created for you
Allison mentions episode 46. The Key to Success with a Toddler Clock
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
What do you do if your 3 month old baby suddenly starts taking 30 minute naps and becomes difficult to put back to sleep at night? We’ve got the answer for you today in this Sleep SOS episode.
Earlier this week, Allison asked her Instagram community to submit questions about their child’s sleep. Katie, a mom of a 3 month old baby girl, is asking for guidance on improving her daughter’s naps and looking for simple tips to help her put her daughter back to sleep after night wakings. Based on the details Katie has provided, Allison has deduced that this three month old is likely experiencing the dreaded 4 month sleep regression.
In this episode, Allison provides three tips for Katie, and addresses how you too can handle sleep when your baby takes this developmental leap.
Find out more about Allison’s Have Baby, Need Sleep Newborn Sleep Coaching Program for parents with babies who are 12 weeks or younger
Follow Allison on Instagram so you don’t miss the next chance to have your question answered in a Sleep SOS episode
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
October is SIDS awareness month. SIDS, which stands for Sudden Infant Death Syndrome, is the reason it’s important to understand what it means to practice safe sleep. One of the recommendations you’ll see around safe sleep is room sharing with your baby, but with the baby in their own safe sleep space, i.e. a crib or bassinet. With some babies, room sharing truly makes sleep easier, but for others, it makes sleep more challenging for all parties involved.
In this episode, Allison strives to help parents figure out if room sharing is helping or hurting their baby’s sleep. Listen in If you have wondered if room sharing is contributing to sleep struggles and/or aren’t sure about when exactly you want to transition your baby into their own room.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
The majority of daycares in the United States shift babies from two naps per day to one midday nap at 12 months. For many 12 month olds, this transition is happening too early and can lead to a variety of challenges.
Dropping to one nap too early can result in an overtired child, which can lead to unpleasant evenings and bedtimes and may trigger night wakings or extra early morning wakings. If you have a little one in this situation, you’ll want to hear Allison’s three tips for improving sleep during this tricky period of transition.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
If you have a child who is not sleeping well, it can be very difficult to determine the next right step to take for better sleep. And if you and your partner don’t agree on what that next step should be, the situation becomes even more challenging.
Our sleep coaches meet with a lot of couples who are trying to decide if a formal sleep training approach is right for their family. Sometimes, one parent believes sleep training is necessary, and one parent is hesitant.
In this episode, Allison is sharing some of the common concerns she hears from parents who are considering sleep training, and explains how she works through these concerns with her potential clients. She provides advice for getting on the same page with your partner, and determining what steps you can take to improve your child’s sleep, whether you decide to sleep train or not.
Allison mentons episode 124. My Parenting Mantra: Reserve The Right To Change My Mind
Schedule a free 15 minute Get Acquainted Call with one of our sleep coaches
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
If you have a baby or young child who isn’t sleeping well, you may have wondered when it is the “best time” to implement a sleep training plan or you may have searched the internet to try to figure out if you are “too late.” Allison has helped over 1,000 families teach their children to become independent sleepers and she’s sharing her thoughts on identifying the “best time” to sleep train your child.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
As children get older and move into the elementary school years, evening activities often begin to push bedtimes a bit later and interrupt sleep schedules. Families with young children who are thriving with their early bedtimes may worry about or even start to feel the negative effects of these later bedtimes.
In this episode, Allison is offering a plan for balancing evening activities, homework, and sleep. She’s sharing tips for keeping kids well rested without sacrificing the chance to participate in sports and other after school activities.
Allison mentions Episode 1. My Case for an Early Bedtime
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Many children between 3 and 5 years old attend a daycare where rest or nap time is offered daily. Often, a child who is struggling with sleep at home catches up on their sleep by taking a long nap at daycare. And when bedtime is a struggle at home, parents sometimes ask the daycare to either skip the nap or cap it after a certain amount of sleep. It’s not uncommon for daycares to respond by telling parents that they are legally required to offer a nap and can’t wake their child up until the end of the nap period. So what can a parent in this situation do?
Listen in as Allison offers advice to help you figure out if the nap is the reason bedtime is a struggle, then navigate the necessary changes both at home and at daycare.
FREE Challenge Starts September 4th - 3 Days To Smoother Bedtimes. If you have a 2.5 to 6 year old and you want to go from bedtimes that take forever to shorter bedtimes and your child falling asleep faster, sign up today!
Contact Allison if you’re looking for more help creating smoother bedtimes.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
If you have a child between 2.5 and 6 years old and you’ve been dreading bedtimes because your child resists, stalls or is falling asleep crazy late, Allison’s 3 Days To Smoother Bedtimes sleep challenge is for you. We’re kicking off this FREE challenge for the third time on September 4th. Hundreds of parents have participated in our two previous challenges and have found that a few simple tweaks have allowed them to improve their child’s sleep habits and regain some free time for themselves in the evenings.
In today’s episode, Allison is joined by Jessica Oliveri, a mom who participated in our April challenge. Jessica and her husband implemented a couple changes during the challenge and saw huge improvements in their son’s sleep situation. Listen in as Jessica shares the ways in which her son’s sleep got off track, how she and her husband implemented Allison’s suggestions, and the advice she gives to other parents when it comes to preschool sleep.
FREE Challenge Starts September 4th - 3 Days To Smoother Bedtimes. If you have a 2.5 to 6 year old and you want to go from bedtimes that take forever to shorter bedtimes and your child falling asleep faster, sign up today!
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Allison is joined by Angela O’Brien for a vulnerable conversation about the importance of exposure and inclusion as it relates to the special needs community. Angela is a professional organizer, host of the Especially Organized podcast, and a special needs mom.
Allison and Angela discuss the reasons it’s important for our young children to be exposed to people with special needs, the biases that still exist in today’s communities and why we need to work towards a more inclusive society. Both Allison and Angela share their own personal stories of how individuals with special needs have impacted their families.
Angela opens up about the joys and challenges of parenting a child with intellectual disabilities, makes suggestions for how parents can approach and include families with special needs children, as well as offers guidance on how parents of special needs children can find support and community in their own lives.
Learn more about Angela on her website or on Instagram
The National Down Syndrome Society holds Buddy Walks across the country to celebrate Down Syndrome awareness. Find a Buddy Walk in your area
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
August is the month many families find they need to tighten up their sleep schedules to prepare for back to school. In this episode, Allison is providing back to school sleep tips for elementary school aged children. Time and again, studies have shown that children who receive an optimal amount of sleep have greater learning engagement and retention, improved emotional regulation and impulse control, and even have reduced anxiety, which translates to less separation anxiety at drop off and greater independence at school.
Listen in as Allison explains the amount of sleep that is appropriate for this age group and how to find an appropriate sleep schedule that will help your child thrive at school.
Allison mentions:
Episode 128. Sleep To Get By Or Sleep To Thrive? Sleep For 3 to 10 Year Olds
Episode 147. Back to School Sleep Tips: Preschoolers and Daycare
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
August is the month many families find they need to tighten up their sleep schedules to prepare for back to school. In this episode, Allison is providing back to school sleep tips for preschoolers and toddlers starting daycare for the first time. The research is clear - children who receive an optimal amount of sleep have greater learning engagement and retention, improved emotional regulation and impulse control, and even reduced anxiety, which translates to less separation anxiety at drop off and greater independence at school.
Listen in as Allison explains the amount of sleep that is appropriate for toddlers and preschoolers. She’ll help you set the necessary sleep schedule - from identifying the time they’ll need to wake for preschool or daycare, to shifting them to the corresponding bedtime. Plus, she discusses how naps at home and naps on cots at school or daycare play into their overall sleep needs.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Parents often have concerns about the changing dynamics when you prepare to add a second child to their family. Their fears vary - from how they’ll spread their love and attention across two children, to the logistics of getting through life with two little ones, to how this new addition will affect their career, marriage and relationship with their first child. Some parents also worry about being older and sleep deprived the second time around, or how they’ll manage if they don’t have a local support network to lean on.
We dove into the topic of going from one to two children in last week’s episode with Ellen Hayden. Ellen shared her personal experience of welcoming her second child. She shared that the transition went better than she expected and she was pleasantly surprised with how naturally she and her family were able to work through the issues she was most nervous about before giving birth. While this is the case for many families, others face more challenges during this transition.
Allison is back this week to provide a slightly different take on this transition. She shares two more stories of moms expecting their second child, both her own story and that of another mom in this community. She elaborates on the worries they both had before their second child arrived - some similar to the worries Ellen had, and some very different. She provides a glimpse into her own family during this delicate time - the biggest challenges her family faced after her second daughter’s birth, what strategies they put in place that really improved the situation, as well as her lessons learned along the way.
Allison mentions:
Episode 29. My Postpartum Anxiety Story
Episode 100. My Story - Why I Became A Sleep Coach
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Going from one to two children is a transition point that parents often have angst about and find challenging. Our sleep coach Ellen Hayden recently welcomed her second baby. To provide a first-hand account of the ups and downs that happen during the months before and after welcoming a new baby, Allison had two candid conversations with Ellen. They spoke first before the new baby’s arrival to discuss how Ellen was feeling about the idea of becoming a mom of two. Allison asked Ellen about her concerns, the things she was most looking forward to, as well as the challenges Ellen and her husband were preparing to tackle after the new baby’s arrival. Their second conversation took place after Ellen’s second baby’s arrival. Ellen shared the differences in her two experiences with labor and delivery, recovery, feeding, and sleep during the early newborn weeks. She explained how the reality of adding a second baby to the family differed from what she anticipated.
Find out more about Allison’s Have Baby, Need Sleep Newborn Sleep Coaching Program that was mentioned in the episode
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
After each guest interview we do for the podcast, Allison asks our guests some rapid-fire questions unrelated to their area of expertise. Today’s episode is a compilation of all the great “bonus answers” they shared with us in the last six months. These six guests will share their favorite stress-relieving self care strategies, family game and book and podcast recommendations, charities and nonprofit organizations they support, and the personal goal they are working towards this year.
Links to the previous episodes referred to in this episode:
-
How To Execute a Smooth Crib to Bed Transition with Sophie Kuzjak - Part One
-
How To Execute a Smooth Crib to Bed Transition with Sophie Kuzjak - Part Two
-
Self-Leadership as a Parent with Kara Ryska
-
Transitioning Back To Work After Maternity Leave With Rebecca Olson
-
Co-Parenting and Single Parenting with Alicia Robertson
-
Encouraging Our Children To Engage More With Household Responsibilities with Lori Sugarman-Li
-
How Postpartum Support International Supports Parents with President and CEO Wendy Davis
-
Celebrating Our First Anniversary
-
Our Guests Have Even More To Say
-
Our Guests Have Even More To Say - Part Two
Games mentioned in this episode:
Candy Land
Guess Who
Blokus
Mario Kart
Sushi Go
Uno Attack
Five Crowns
Mexican Train Dominoes
Laser Tag
Dog-Opoly
Dog Bingo
Monopoly Deal
Books mentioned in this episode:
Why We Sleep
Michael Connelly Books
The Book of Awakening
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Buckle up listeners, this is a good one. This episode is packed with helpful information. Allison talks to Bev Sidders, a chemical engineer turned licensed master esthetician, about all things sunscreen…. plus a little bonus on bug spray as well.
Each question Allison asks Bev yields tons of great information. Here are some of the highlights: how to choose the right sunscreen for everyone in your family, which sunscreen ingredients you should look for and which you should avoid and why, how to use the EWG app to check the safety of the products your family uses, Bev’s recommendations for specific sunscreen products for the whole family, what SPF we should be using and how often we need to reapply, bug spray brands Bev recommends and tips for applying, how to treat a sunburn, whether sunscreen really expires, whether going outside unprotected to boost Vitamin D levels is a good idea, the scoop on all those foundation and SPF combos out there… and much more.
Notes from Bev:
– choose a 100% mineral sunscreen with zinc oxide and titanium dioxide
– avoid aerosol sprays to limit risk of exposure to benzene
– avoid chemical sunscreens with aminobenzoic acid (PABA) and trolamine salicylate (both were deemed unsafe by the FDA in 2019)
– avoid chemical sunscreens with oxybenzone and octinoxate (both are potential endocrine system disruptors and are not reef safe, but are found in nearly 65% of all non-mineral sunscreens)
– avobenzone is the least dangerous choice if you have to use a chemical sunscreen
– avoid sunscreens containing shea butter, petroleum, sweet almond oil, cocoa butter, retinols and niacinamide if you are prone to acne
You can find out more about Bev or ask her a question on her website, Instagram and Facebook
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
As the United States prepares to celebrate July 4th with a long weekend of fireworks, Allison shares thoughts on protecting good sleep for babies, toddlers and preschoolers.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Allison definitely learned from personal experience that summer vacations with infants or young children can be difficult. These adventures definitely can feel more like trips than vacations because young children still need constant care and they have the ability to derail any plans very quickly. In this replay of our listeners’ favorite episode, Allison will help you navigate the sleep aspect of your summer travel so all the other pieces can flow more smoothly.
She’ll cover how to work around naps and bedtime when traveling by car, how to best navigate your child’s sleep schedule when flying, how to set up your child’s sleep space in your new location, what items are true necessities when traveling with young children, what to do if you’re sharing a bedroom with your child while you travel, and, probably most importantly, she’ll walk you through how to reset your sleep habits quickly once you’ve come back home.
Allison recommends these products in this episode: travel white noise, Slumber Pod (use code SLEEPANDWELLNESS to save 5%), SlumberTot Toddler Bed (use code SLEEPANDWELLNESS to save 5%), travel toddler mattress
Allison mentions episode 26 on the crib to bed transition.
Use this link to purchase a 30 minute call with Allison for personalized guidance.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
School’s out and summer reading is in! Are you looking for a good book for your child to dive into this summer? Does your young reader need a little inspiration to fall in love with reading? This episode is packed with book recommendations from Allison’s two daughters, who just finished third and fifth grade. Allison provides descriptions of books her girls loved throughout elementary school, as well as insights as to how her family has built a shared love of enjoying good books together. Tune in to find the right book to keep the young minds in your house engaged and entertained during the summer break.
Books or series recommended in this episode:
Magic Tree House
Keeper of the Lost Cities
The Spy School
Emily Windsnap
The One and Only Ivan
Whatever After
Harry Potter
Allison mentions Episode 63. Learning to Read - What I Discovered After My Daughter's Struggle
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Stacey Olson, a Leadership and Positive Psychology Certified Coach, is returning to the podcast to discuss her new book, Your Balanced and Bold Life. Stacey helps leaders and professionals, many of them working parents, create more balance and less stress as they juggle being a parent, a high performer at work, taking care of themselves, and all the other aspects of their life.
Allison and Stacey discuss some of the topics covered in her book, namely how parents can identify their values, practice making their own needs a priority, and learn to say no with confidence.
Check out Stacey’s new book or her website
Allison mentions Episode 89. Ditching Mom Guilt, Setting Boundaries and Creating Balance with Stacey Olson
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
As a recap to the previous three episodes aimed at building awareness of maternal mental health, Allison is sharing what she thinks every expecting and new parent should know in the hopes of helping other new and expecting parents who may struggle or are struggling postpartum.
Given her own experience, the work she does with parents and the previous guests she’s interviewed, Allison believed she had a robust understanding of the challenges of maternal mental health. But then she interviewed Dr. Nicole Rankins (an OB/GYN), Dr. Stephanie Grice (a pediatrician) and Wendy Davis (President and CEO of Postpartum Support International). These three guests provided new insights. In today’s episode, Allison is sharing the CliffsNotes version of those three interviews.
Visit postpartum.net for the free resources Allison mentioned
Learn more about the Connect by PSI app
Learn more about volunteering with PSI
Learn more about The Climb
Learn more about The Blue Dot Project
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
This episode should be a required listen for every expecting and new parent. One in five women and one in ten dads will suffer from some form of mental health struggle during pregnancy or the first year postpartum. Today’s episode provides valuable insights into the free and easily attainable resources available to new parents from Postpartum Support International.
We strive to build awareness of maternal mental health each May with dedicated podcast episodes. In several previous episodes, Allison and her guests have referred to Postpartum Support International (PSI) as a resource for parents. Wendy Davis, President and CEO of Postpartum Support International, joins Allison today to detail the many amazing services that PSI makes available to parents all over the world. She also shares who these resources are for…. spoiler alert: it’s anyone who could use a little (or a lot) of support!
Visit postpartum.net for more information and resources about postpartum depression and anxiety
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
The month of May is dedicated to building awareness of maternal mental health. One in five women will suffer from postpartum anxiety or depression, and this is the number one complication of pregnancy and childbirth.
In today’s episode, Allison is joined by Dr. Stephanie Grice, a practicing pediatrician and a mom. Dr. Grice details the role a pediatrician can play in supporting moms dealing with postpartum depression or anxiety. She explains how this role has changed over the last decade, and what efforts are being made by pediatric providers to support the mental health of all members of a family.
She and Allison discuss the thoughts that might deter a new parent from confiding in their pediatrician, as well as the tools pediatricians can use to determine if a new parent is struggling. Listen in to hear the steps a parent can take if they feel they need assistance, or are having trouble finding someone to help.
Dr. Grice also shares the exciting new initiative they’ve launched in her practice that puts a whole new spin on caring for the whole family. It’s an approach we think will help a lot of families.
Visit postpartum.net for more information and resources about postpartum depression and anxiety.
Connect with Dr. Grice on Instagram or her website
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
The month of May is dedicated to building awareness of maternal mental health. We devote episodes each year to this important topic, trying each year to approach the conversation from a slightly different perspective.
In today’s episode, Allison is joined by Dr. Nicole Rankins, a board-certified, practicing OB/GYN and mom of two. Dr. Nicole candidly shares the training OB/GYNs receive around maternal mental health and the role they can play when a woman is struggling. She and Allison discuss the challenges women face when seeking help for depression or anxiety, what a woman can expect from her OB/GYN if they are struggling, and the significance of the screening OB/GYNs do after a woman gives birth. They address what steps a new mom can take if she suspects she might need some mental health support, as well as how a partner or loved one can initiate difficult conversations with the new mom in their life and her health care providers to get the necessary assistance.
Visit postpartum.net for more information and resources about postpartum depression and anxiety
Learn more about Dr. Nicole at her website or on Instagram
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Today’s episode is all about loveys, otherwise known as stuffed animals, blankies or comfort items that children sleep with. Allison is answering common questions she receives about loveys. Is it a good idea to introduce a lovey to your child? If so, when is a good time to introduce one? Can a child have too many loveys? What to do if your child doesn’t show interest in their lovey? Plus, Allison shares three potential challenges that can creep up with loveys and how to handle them.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
We can all agree that it takes a tremendous amount of mental and physical energy to keep a house and family running smoothly. And often, one member of the household feels that they carry the heavy load of all these responsibilities. This role often falls to moms.
Allison and Lori Sugarman-Li discuss how you can set up a system where these responsibilities are shared among all members of the family. Lori shares tips for incorporating children in household tasks, finding the right tasks for each child based on age, personality, and skill sets. She also shares small language tweaks that can make a big difference in how you all view these responsibilities. Allison asks her advice on paying kids an allowance for helping around the house.
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Do you have an early riser? Are you using a toddler clock or light system with your child? Have you wondered if it’s a good idea to allow them to get up and play in their room with the lights on before their light turns green? You’re in luck - Allison is covering this question today. If you have a child over the age of 2 years old and you currently use or plan to use a toddler clock or light system, this episode is for you.
FREE Challenge Starts April 24th - 3 Days To Smoother Bedtimes. If you have a 2.5 to 6 year old and you want to go from bedtimes that take forever to shorter bedtimes and your child falling asleep faster, sign up today!
Allison mentions:
Episode 46: The Key to Success with a Toddler Clock
Allison’s favorite toddler clock light system
Light switch cover
Rocker switch cover
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Do you have a child who has mastered stalling and resisting bedtime? In this episode, Allison is suggesting a strategy for using natural consequences as a way to put an end to the pushback. She shares specific guidelines for implementing her approach, as well as detailed language to use with your child.
FREE Challenge Starts April 24th - 3 Days To Smoother Bedtimes. If you have a 2.5 to 6 year old and you want to go from bedtimes that take forever to shorter bedtimes and your child falling asleep faster, sign up today!
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Keeping bedroom doors closed while children and adults are sleeping is very important for fire safety. Please listen in as Allison explains the reasons why, and provides specific language you can use with your child when you implement the policy of sleeping with bedroom doors closed.
Allison encourages you to watch this video by the Fire Safety Research Institute
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
If you are separated, divorced, parenting solo or contemplating any of these situations, we know you’ll find support in this episode. But even if you parent in the same house with your children’s other parent, much of this parenting advice will apply to you as well.
Allison is joined by Alicia Robertson, a life coach, speaker and author, who supports women through the challenges of separation and divorce. Her goal is to help women take their power back one intentional and informed decision at a time.
Listen in as Allison and Alicia explore strategies for:
- taking care of yourself so you can be at your best for your family
- figuring out what self-care strategies are most effective for you
- determining and maintaining the priorities for your children as they travel between two houses
- cooperating with your co-parent to set up consistent routines and stability for your children
- approaching a separation or divorce with a project management mindset and learning to use your skills to manage your way through it
- battling mom guilt, shame and the fear that your children are struggling
- knowing when to hold structure for your child and when to provide extra support
- assessing how a life coach or a therapist can help you navigate this situation
Find out more about Alicia on her website or on Instagram
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Studies clearly show that getting the optimal amount of sleep improves a child’s impulse control, emotional regulation, and learning retention. The American Academy of Pediatrics recommends that children 3 to 5 years old get 10-13 hours of sleep in a 24 hour period and that children between 6 and 10 years old get 9 to 12 hours of sleep in a 24 hour period. These are big ranges and it can be difficult to determine the sweet spot of optimal sleep for each child. Allison believes that many children can get by on the lower end of these ranges, but will really thrive on the higher end. Listen in to hear the details of her own personal experience and many of her clients’ experiences that have led her to this conclusion.
Get your copy of Allison’s free download that accompanies this episode: Helping Your Child Thrive With Sleep
Allison mentions:
Episode 107. How Many Hours of Sleep Do Babies Need?
Matthew Walker’s talk on sleep
Interested in getting more personalized guidance from Allison? We invite you to schedule a 15 minute free call or check out her free workshop called 3 Steps to a Successful Sleep Reset for 2.5-6 Year Olds.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
The transition back to work after maternity leave can come with a wide array of emotions and challenges. Today, Allison is sharing the details of her own personal return to work after having her first baby. She’s reflecting on the aspects she feels she handled well at the time, what she wishes she had done differently, and the stories she told herself as she adjusted to her new identity of working mom.
Each mother’s feelings, emotions and goals when returning to work are valid and varied. Allison believes that there are countless ways to navigate this transition successfully. She’s hoping her story will help you as you find the right path for yourself when the time is right.
Find out more about Allison’s new workshop - The 5 Common Mistakes That Can Undermine Your Newborn’s Sleep
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
The transition back to work after maternity leave is often a stressful one for women – particularly first time moms. In this episode, Allison and Rebecca Olson, a certified professional life coach who supports moms as they become working mothers, discuss the guilt and loss of control that often accompany this life change. Rebecca shares guidance on recognizing the emotions at play during this transition, advice for adjusting your mindset, and strategies for improving the stories we tell ourselves during this emotional season of life.
Find out more about Allison’s new workshop - The 5 Common Mistakes That Can Undermine Your Newborn’s Sleep
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Good news! The dreaded daylight saving spring time change is EASIER to navigate than the fall time change. Today, Allison is going to share how you can have your child adjusted to the new time in ONE DAY. And, she’s going to answer the common question about whether you can use this time change to switch to a later bedtime and later morning wake time.
She’ll share why she doesn’t recommend the method of the gradual shift and walk you through a step-by-step plan for tweaking naps and bedtimes to make this transition as smooth as possible. Parents with newborns not on a schedule yet, she’s got simple guidance for you too.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Allison doesn’t believe there is any one right way to tackle the complex job of parenting. But, she does have an overarching mantra that she uses in many aspects of parenting. Listen in to hear what advice she gives herself to remove much of the guilt and anxiety that she feels in her role as a parent.
Listen to this episode on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Are you searching for a daycare for your child? Check out the 12 most important sleep related questions to ask when you visit potential daycares.
Allison has vast experience helping parents navigate sleep with a wide variety of daycares across the United States and in other countries. She’s compiled her advice into this comprehensive episode and the corresponding download.
Get your free download with all of Allison’s questions to ask a potential daycare
Access the AAP Safe Sleep Recommendations
Allison mentions Episode 26: 5 Myths About the Crib to Bed Transition and her
Your Preschool Sleep Champion program
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Join Allison and Kara Ryska, a mom of four and a life coach with experience coaching corporate professionals and special needs moms, for an empowering conversation about self-leadership for all parents.
They explore many of the qualities strong leaders demonstrate and how they pertain to parenting. Listen in as they discuss the importance of learning to listen to yourself and follow your intuition, how to avoid decision paralysis and take the next right step with confidence, simple ways you can reframe your thoughts to put yourself in a more proactive state of mind, the value of setting clear boundaries in parenting, simple questions you can ask yourself to determine your needs and develop a plan to meet them, how to be bold enough not to neglect your own needs, and much more.
Find out more about Kara’s work on Instagram or her website, or check out The Special Needs Mom Podcast.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
There are so many surprises that come along during the process of delivering a baby the first time. It’s vital that women look out for one another and pass on some of the little known secrets with other new moms-to-be. In this episode, Allison is sharing the unsolicited, but VERY good, advice her best friend shared with her before she delivered her first baby. This advice made those first few days and weeks after childbirth a bit easier for Allison. In the event you don’t have that friend that’s going to share some of the less glamorous advice, Allison is your girl.
Find out more about Allison’s new online workshop, Important Things To Know Before You Bring Your Baby Home
Allison mentions her favorite pajamas:
KicKee Pants Footies
Magnetic Me
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
During the winter, Allison gets a lot of questions about choosing the right pajamas and how many layers we should put on our babies and children when they are sleeping. Many parents also wonder about the ideal temperature for sleep. Allison tackles these topics in this episode.
Grab your free Setting the Scene for Sleep checklist.
Allison mentions these pajamas:
KicKee Pants Footie Jammies
KicKee Pants For Older Kids
Kyte Sleep Sack 0.5 Tog
Kyte Sleep Sack 1.0 Tog
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Allison and JoAnn Crohn, parenting coach and founder of No Guilt Mom, discuss the guilt and overwhelm all mothers feel from time to time. They share many personal anecdotes and explore these topics:
- how current societal pressures impact the role mothers play in a family
- the effect social media and comparing yourself to others has on moms
- JoAnn’s thoughts on the root of most mom guilt and overwhelm
- strategies for tackling your mental load
- two steps JoAnn recommends moms take to regain a little bit of control over the emotions they are feeling and how they react
- the importance of pursuing a passion or hobby for yourself outside of your family
- the three types of problem solving that exist when you’re talking with friends
- JoAnn’s suggestion for approaching household tasks and the distribution of responsibility among family members
Learn more about JoAnn on the No Guilt Mom Podcast or her website
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Did you catch part one of this two part conversation on the crib to bed transition? In episode 117, Allison and Sophie Kuzjak, one of our sleep coaches, detailed the plan to move Sophie’s daughter from her crib to her big girl bed. In this episode, Sophie is back to reveal how well the plan worked, and the insights she gained from the completed transition. Sophie is sharing the lessons she learned along the way, how she tackled the unexpected issues that arose, and what she would suggest other parents in her situation do. If you missed last week, listen to episode 117 first!
Listen to Episode 117. How To Execute a Smooth Crib to Bed Transition with Sophie Kuzjak - Part One
Learn more about Allison’s workshop, How To Prepare Your Child For A Smooth Crib To Bed Transition
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
The crib to bed transition is a significant milestone in a young child’s life. In this episode, Allison is collaborating with Sophie Kuzjak, one of our sleep coaches, as Sophie prepares to move her daughter from her crib to her big girl bed. This isn’t the first time they’ve tried to make this transition so Sophie is handling it differently this time. This episode is dedicated to how Sophie has prepared her daughter, what steps they’ve taken to get ready, how they chose the optimal time to embark on this change (the second time around), and how all the members of her family are handling the emotions of the upcoming change.
And then, stay tuned for episode 118, as the conversation continues. Sophie will share an update on how well her plan worked and her insights from the completed transition. She’ll provide the lessons she learned along the way, how she tackled the unexpected issues that arose, and what she would suggest other parents in her situation do differently.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Once kids transition out of the crib, early morning wakings can become particularly tricky. In this episode, you’ll hear 3 quick tips that can help your child stay in their room in the morning, even if they wake up before their designated wake time in the morning.
Allison mentions Episode 46. The Key to Success with a Toddler Clock
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
After each guest interview we do for the podcast, Allison asks our guests some rapid-fire questions unrelated to their area of expertise. Today’s episode is a compilation of all the great “bonus answers” they shared with us in the last six months. These five guests will share their best parenting advice, book and podcast and show recommendations, favorite meal they prepare at home, and the personal goal they are working towards this year.
Links to the previous episodes referred to in this episode:
-
Planning for Your Mental Health Postpartum with Kayce Hodos
-
Ditching Mom Guilt, Setting Boundaries and Creating Balance with Stacey Olson
-
What Your Child’s Preschool Teacher Wishes You Knew with Elizabeth Lane
-
What Your Child’s Kindergarten Teacher Wishes You Knew with Meg Franco
-
The Role of Electrolytes in Reducing Pregnancy Fatigue with Elizabeth Newton
-
Celebrating Our First Anniversary
-
Our Guests Have Even More To Say
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
If you have a toddler or preschooler who has become a master at stalling before or during their bedtime routine, this episode is for you. Allison is sharing the benefits of using timers to help your child start and get through their bedtime routine. And even if you’ve tried timers in the past and didn’t think they helped, we encourage you to listen. There are a couple mistakes that parents often make when using timers. With easy tweaks, you may find the timer is your friend after all.
Some children really struggle when moving from one activity to another - transitions are hard! Timers can be a helpful tool during these transitions, even if your child has said they don’t like the timer or has ignored the timer in the past. Three transitions where Allison finds timers to be particularly helpful are to help end dinner, to help with moving into the beginning of the bedtime routine, and to indicate when it’s time to get out of a fun bath.
Listen in as she walks you through her strategy with timers, the exact language to use with the timer during these three specific transitions, and what type of timers she feels work well with children.
Allison mentions Episode 13. Helping Your Picky Eater with Alisha Grogan
Allison mentions these timers:
Two minute timer
Three minute timer
Five minute timer
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
So many sleep questions arise when parents think of traveling from the U.S. to Europe with young kids. What’s the ideal time of day to fly? Do I let the kids sleep on the plane? What if they don’t sleep well on the plane? How do we adjust to the new time zone? How do I manage sleep schedules so my kids are not overtired the whole trip? How do we fit in dinner at a restaurant and still make sure everyone gets the sleep they need? How to handle kids with different sleep needs on an international trip? The list goes on and on.
In today’s episode, Allison is sharing what she learned about managing her daughters’ sleep on her two trips to Europe. The first was a trip to Italy when her girls were 4 and 6 years old and the second was to France when they were 8 and 10 years old. From the moment you book the flight, she’s got you covered with her own personal experience and the guidance she shares with her clients.
And if you want to hear more from Allison about her travels to France, check out her blog post about her family’s recent trip to Paris. It includes packing tips with must-have items and her suggestions for things to do with kids in Paris.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Allison and our new coaches, Sophie and Ellen, share gift ideas for the holiday season. They’re sharing suggestions for both the children and adults in your life, plus some items you may want to treat yourself to, as well!
Allison mentions Episode 60. Sleep Products My Clients Loved in 2022
Details on the products mentioned in this episode:
Wine glasses:
https://www.etsy.com/listing/1147123827/personalized-virginia-wine-glasses
https://www.etsy.com/listing/657176173/charlottesville-va-map-stemless-wine
Souper Cubes: https://amzn.to/3SF1G49
Ice roller: https://amzn.to/3SGvEo7
Kickee Pants: https://amzn.to/49rsZ7T
Light up letter: https://amzn.to/47c2MJ6
Light up sign: https://amzn.to/47odifH
CrunchLabs: https://crunchlabs.pxf.io/6eROrm
Slumberpod: https://shareasale.com/r.cfm?b=2394681&u=2489823&m=145410&urllink=&afftrack= and use discount code: SLEEPANDWELLNESSCOACH for 5% off
The Nugget: https://nuggetcomfort.com/products/the-nugget-koala
Joovy Ultralight Stand-On Double Stroller: https://amzn.to/3MHuMf5
Bilibo: https://amzn.to/40MxFBg
LOVEVERY: https://lovevery.com
Custom Birthday Book: https://store.nytimes.com/products/the-custom-birthday-book?variant=36729583816
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Today, we’re diving into a topic that many parents face - what happens when your child finds out the truth about Santa Claus. Allison is sharing how her daughter first posed questions about Santa, how she handled telling her the truth, and how they both dealt with the emotions.
Allison mentions Episode 105. What Your Child’s Kindergarten Teacher Wishes You Knew with Meg Franco
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
The holiday travel season is upon us. You may be preparing to take your family on a long car ride or be flying somewhere. Your travels may be taking you to stay with family or to stay in a hotel. Some children will be sleeping in their own room during these travels and some of you will need to roomshare. And on top of everything else, many will be traveling to different time zones. So today, Allison is sharing tips to help you with all of these different travel scenarios along with her advice on managing family expectations.
Get 5% off a Slumberpod with Allison’s affiliate code, SLEEPANDWELLNESSCOACH
Allison’s favorite travel white noise machine
Allison mentions Episode 6. Managing Family Expectations
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Allison is joined by Elizabeth Newton, a registered dietician and prenatal nutrition specialist, to discuss tips for batting fatigue during pregnancy. Elizabeth has a true passion for optimizing women’s energy and vitality during pregnancy with whole foods and holistic wellness.
While fatigue during pregnancy is complex and can often stem from a combination of multiple factors, one of the first things Elizabeth recommends to pregnant women looking to increase their energy level is to optimize their electrolyte intake. Listen in to hear Elizabeth cover these topics and more:
- the importance of electrolytes during pregnancy and lactation
- which minerals are included under the electrolyte umbrella
- why salt is often misunderstood and the role it can play to improve your health during pregnancy, particularly with conditions such as preeclampsia and gestational diabetes
- that all salt is not created equal and how to choose one that will help you meet your needs of trace minerals
- how to evaluate electrolyte powders and choose one that’s right for you
- her own DIY electrolyte recipe
Learn more about Elizabeth on her website or on Instagram
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Allison believes that toddler clocks (or toddler light systems) are the most valuable sleep tool you can use for a child over the age of 2 years old. She recommends every parent gift one to their child on their second birthday. In today’s episode, however, she answers the question of whether toddler clocks can be helpful for children under 2.
Allison mentions Episode 9. The Truth About Night Lights and Fear of the Dark
Find out more about the Hatch Rest
Find out more about Allison’s on-demand workshop: How To Quickly Recover From A Sleep Regression (15-30 Months)
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
If you have a child who is 2 years old or younger, this episode is for you. Listen in to hear how much sleep Allison thinks is optimal for babies during their first two years. She is providing detailed advice for each developmental phase in the first two years. She explains the overall amount of sleep that is optimal for each phase, and breaks down how much should be allocated to naps and how much should be night sleep. Download her free guide to refer to as your baby grows and their sleep needs change.
Get your copy of Allison free guide: Infant and Toddler Sleep: Ideal Hours By Age
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
The dreaded fall time change is upon us again. In 2023, most of America will move their clocks back one hour on Sunday, November 5th. But there’s no need for concern. Allison has guided her community through this transition for years with great results. Her plan makes it a very quick and mostly painless process. Today she shares how you can help your child smoothly transition to the new time. She also discusses where we currently stand as it relates to the proposed end to switching the clocks twice per year (the Sunshine Protection Act).
Click here for the free cheat sheet download Allison created for you
Allison mentions episode 46. The Key to Success with a Toddler Clock
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
The transition to kindergarten is a big adjustment - both for children and their parents. If your family is going through this transition now, or if it’s on the horizon for you, you’ll surely learn a few things from Allison’s conversation with Meg Franco, a Kindergarten teacher at Ivy Elementary in Charlottesville, VA.
Meg has been teaching kindergarten for 22 years and strives to instill in her students a love of school and learning. Throughout this episode, she offers a glimpse inside a kindergarten classroom with plenty of anecdotes and tips.
Allison and Meg touch on these topics:
- The importance of letting your child be independent and learn to solve problems for themselves
- Language to use when responding to a child who says they can’t do things on their own
- Specific tasks you can teach your child at home that will help them be more successful in kindergarten
- Strategies for helping young children build and practice their fine motor skills
- How you can help your child build their social emotional and interpersonal skills
- Whether or not to encourage a child to say they are sorry and how to make an apology more effective for both parties
- Modeling to a child that it’s ok to make mistakes and avoiding perfectionism and the anxiety that often follows
- Encouraging a spirit of lifelong learning
- The value of keeping a strong line of communication with your child’s teacher
- Fostering a child’s empathy and kindness
- Subtle mindset shifts parents can consider to improve their communication with this age group
- How to prepare a kindergartener to become a reader and a writer: what and how to read at home, ways to encourage letter recognition, learning to hold a pencil or crayon
Meg and Allison mention this book - Have You Filled A Bucket Today?
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Whether you have a child already in preschool or one who will start preschool in the years to come, we know you’ll learn something from this episode. Elizabeth Lane is a preschool teacher at St. Anne’s-Belfield in Charlottesville, Virginia and she’s discussing how best to prepare your child for success in preschool. Listen in to hear Allison and Elizabeth discuss these topics:
- Building Independence: Discover the tools you can provide to help your child thrive in a school environment and become more self-reliant.
- Home-Based Skills: Learn about the small but mighty skills you can nurture at home to ease your child's transition into preschool.
- Tearful Goodbyes: Navigate the challenges of drop-off time and handle both your child's and your own emotions with grace and understanding.
- Communication is Key: Explore effective language strategies to help your child cope if they struggle to say goodbye to a caregiver.
- Reluctant Mornings: Get tips on motivating a hesitant child in those early morning hours.
- Reading Readiness: Discover when your child is developmentally ready to embark on their reading journey and whether to focus on learning to read at home
Allison refers to Episode 101. The Key to Smooth Morning Routines for the School Year
Elizabeth mentions this book - Alphabreaths - the ABCs of Mindful Breathing
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive Allison’s weekly email about the podcast and other fun topics.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
In this Sleep SOS episode, a listener asks how to help an eight year old who says she can’t fall asleep on her own. Allison has the answer for this listener, plus some general guidelines for helping older kids get enough sleep.
Two weeks ago, Allison asked her Instagram community to submit questions about their child’s sleep. Jenna, a mom of an 8 year old girl, shared that her daughter struggles to fall asleep on her own. If Jenna or her husband stays in the room with her until she falls asleep, she often wakes as they leave and often becomes very agitated.
In this episode, Allison provides Jenna with the steps she recommends they take to get sleep back on track, as well as language Jenna can use with her daughter to explain the changes they need to make. Plus, she offers general advice for parents with older kids who would like to improve their child’s sleep as well.
Learn more about Allison’s Sleep Tweak consultation calls
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Help us reach more parents! Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps the algorithm put the podcast in front of more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you follow the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
What do you do when your child suddenly decides to stop napping? We’ve got the answer for you today in this Sleep SOS episode.
Earlier this week, Allison asked her Instagram community to submit questions about their child’s sleep. Jessica, a mom of a 4.5 year old boy, is questioning how to address the fact that her son suddenly dropped his nap. You may know from following Allison that the ideal transition away from napping is a gradual one. Jessica’s question highlights one issue with that ideal situation - the fact that the closer your child gets to 5 years old, the higher the chance that they may suddenly drop their nap and not go through the preferred gradual drop.
In this episode, Allison provides her personalized suggestions for Jessica, and addresses how you too can handle this if you’re faced with a similar situation.
Allison refers to Episode 64. Nap, Rest Time or Drop the Nap? Let's Discuss.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Help us reach more parents! Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps the algorithm put the podcast in front of more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you follow the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
If you have a child going to daycare, preschool or elementary school and your mornings are stressful, this episode is for you. Allison is providing solutions to some of the most common issues that families struggle with in the mornings. She’s walking you through how her family prepares for smooth mornings, and what things to consider as you develop the plan for your own family. A consistent morning routine will help set your entire family up for a productive day.
Allison refers to Episode 91. A Simple Bedtime Routine That Takes 30 Minutes Or Less
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Help us reach more parents! Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps the algorithm put the podcast in front of more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Join Allison in celebrating her 100th episode as she shares what inspired her to become a certified sleep coach in order to help other parents with their children’s sleep. Starting her own business was quite a shift from her previous professional positions. In this episode, she’s sharing her personal backstory and thanking you for allowing her to be part of your parenting journey.
Allison refers to Episode 29. My Postpartum Anxiety Story
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Every baby (and adult!) has a different level of natural sleep talent. Understanding where your baby falls on that spectrum of sleep ability is crucial to helping them become a great sleeper.
In today’s episode, Allison is explaining the vast extremes of sleep ability to help you think about sleep a little bit differently. Every baby’s path to becoming a great sleeper is going to be unique. But it’s never too late to help your child (or yourself) learn to sleep well.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Are you wondering if your kindergartner needs more sleep? In this episode, you’ll learn how much sleep is ideal for 5-6 year olds and how to spot the signs that your kindergartner would benefit from more sleep. Allison will offer solutions for making sure your child gets the sleep they need to be ready for the big adjustment to kindergarten.
Click here for information about the September 2023 session of Allison’s Your Preschool Sleep Champion program
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Bringing a new baby into the home is a big adjustment for everyone in the family, including older siblings. Suddenly your toddler isn’t the baby of the family and this new baby needs a lot of attention. This can result in a lot of big feelings and can also trigger a sleep regression. In this episode, Allison is providing tips for keeping sleep on track for your toddler when you’re going to be welcoming a new baby.
Click here for information about the September 2023 session of Allison’s Your Preschool Sleep Champion program
Allison mentions these previous episodes:
-
My Postpartum Anxiety Story
-
5 Myths About the Crib to Bed Transition
Access Allison’s workshops with these links:
How To Quickly Recover From A Sleep Regression
How To Prepare Your Child For A Smooth Crib To Bed Transition
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
This episode is the third in our three-part Summer Pediatrician Series with Dr. Stephanie Grice. In this episode, Allison and Dr. Grice are discussing how to evaluate when your sick or injured child needs to be seen by a doctor.
Dr. Grice shares what symptoms warrant a visit to the doctor, how to decipher whether your child has a virus, what injuries should be seen by a doctor right away, the role of the triage professional and how to advocate for your child.
They also discuss fevers – their role in fighting illness, when to treat with medication at home, and the risk of dehydration from fever. They even touch on the science of febrile seizures and how your family can cope with them.
Allison mentioned:
Episode 43. Every Breastfeeding & Feeding Journey is Unique with Dr. Stephanie Grice
Episode 87. Making The Most of Your Child’s Well Visit With Dr. Stephanie Grice - Summer Pediatrician Series #1
Episode 92. Understanding the Growth Chart with Dr. Stephanie Grice - Summer Pediatrician Series #2
Connect with Dr. Grice on Instagram or her website
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Parents often report to Allison that their child naps really well on a cot or mat at daycare and they are wondering if that is an indication that their child is ready for a big kid or toddler bed. Today, Allison is providing an answer to that dilemma. If your child naps well on a cot or mat at daycare, does that mean they will do well sleeping on a big kid bed at home?
Click here for information about Allison’s workshop, How To Prepare Your Child For A Smooth Crib To Bed Transition
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Allison is often asked about the ideal age to introduce a pillow and blanket to a toddler. In today’s episode, she’s sharing her thoughts on timing, as well as three tips to help as you make the transition.
Links Allison mentions in the episode:
Episode 46. The Key to Success with a Toddler Clock
Episode 76. Q&A - When should I stop putting my child in a sleep sack?
Little Sleepy Head Toddler Pillow
KicKee Pants Toddler Blanket
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
The idea of removing toxins from your home can be overwhelming. When Allison got diagnosed with an autoimmune disease a few years ago, she set out to make some changes in her life to improve her overall health. She focused on three areas - her diet, physical strength and environment. Today, she’s sharing the five ways she addressed reducing the toxins in her home environment.
Links Allison mentions in the episode:
Episode 48. 5 Things That Improved When I Dropped Gluten
Episode 17. How I Found A Fitness Routine That Stuck
French Press
Purity Coffee
Purity Coffee: Flow
Purity Coffee: Calm
Thrive Market Discount Code
ILIA Beauty Discount Code
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
This episode is the second in our three-part Summer Pediatrician Series with Dr. Stephanie Grice. In this episode, Allison and Dr. Grice are discussing the growth charts pediatricians use to track a child’s growth.
The way a child “scores” on the growth chart can often cause anxiety for parents. Dr. Grice addresses this concern and explains why your child's placement on the growth chart isn’t nearly as important as their overall growth trajectory. She also shares how the chart can help providers assess if a child is maintaining a healthy weight for their height and when it’s appropriate to stop night feedings with infants.
Allison mentioned:
Episode 43. Every Breastfeeding & Feeding Journey is Unique with Dr. Stephanie Grice
Episode 87. Making The Most of Your Child’s Well Visit With Dr. Stephanie Grice - Summer Pediatrician Series #1
Connect with Dr. Grice on Instagram or her website
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Consistent bedtime routines are a key component to healthy sleep habits. Allison believes that bedtime routines should be short and sweet, completed in 30 minutes or less. In this episode, she’s detailing the steps of her ideal bedtime routine. This is a routine you can implement with your infant, and then follow as your child grows into a toddler, preschooler and then early elementary age child. There are only minor shifts to make as your child grows, and Allison outlines these in this episode as well.
Allison mentions these previous episodes:
-
My Case for an Early Bedtime
-
Drowsy But Awake - What You Need to Know
-
Drowsy But Awake - Troubleshooting
-
Q&A - When should I stop putting my child in a sleep sack?
-
The Benefits of Incorporating a Song Into Your Baby’s Bedtime Routine
Click here for information about Allison’s Get Your Evenings Back Preschool Sleep Workshop
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
After each guest interview we do for the podcast, Allison asks our guests some rapid-fire questions unrelated to their area of expertise. Today’s episode is a compilation of all the great “bonus answers” they shared with us in the last six months. These five guests will share their best parenting advice, book and podcast and show recommendations, favorite meal they prepare at home, and the personal goal they are working towards this year.
Links to the interviews referred to in this episode:
-
Celebrating Our First Anniversary
-
Hitting the Rolling Milestone with Dr. Kristi Hammerle
-
Understanding Pelvic Floor Dysfunction with Dr. Danielle Bailey
-
Cultivating Adult Friendships with Amanda Sovik-Johnston
-
A Conversation with My Best Friend with Laura Pflum
-
Infertility and IVF - How To Care For Yourself with Michelle Streeter
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Allison is joined by Stacey Olson, a Leadership and Positive Psychology Certified Coach, for an in-depth conversation about topics we know many parents struggle with – mom guilt, setting boundaries and creating balance in the many areas of our lives.
Request your copy of Stacey’s resource
Learn more about Stacey:
Website
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
In today’s episode, Allison is answering a question that parents of newborns often ask her – should you wake your baby to feed them during the night?
There is no one right answer to this question, but if your goal is to help your baby naturally learn how to sleep for longer stretches at night, check this episode out!
Check out Allison’s free class - 5 Common Mistakes That Can Undermine Your Newborn’s Sleep
Allison mentioned Episode 10. Why I Don't Recommend a Dream Feed After 12 Weeks
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
This episode begins our three-part Summer Pediatrician Series with Dr. Stephanie Grice. In this episode, Allison and Dr. Grice are discussing well child visits. They cover how you can prepare for these important visits when your child is an infant or toddler, and then as they grow into a preschooler and an early elementary age child and beyond. Dr. Grice shares how much time is typically allotted for these visits, and what items are on the provider’s checklist to cover in that time.
Allison was able to ask Dr. Grice about many aspects of the well visits: dealing with a child’s anxiety or fear of going to the doctor (or receiving shots), what questions are best covered in a well visit and which ones need a separate appointment, how to deal with a sibling that tags along for the appointment, whether it’s important to consistently see the same provider, and so much more.
Allison mentioned Episode 43. Every Breastfeeding & Feeding Journey is Unique with Dr. Stephanie Grice
Connect with Dr. Grice on Instagram or her website
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
In the early weeks you’re trying to figure out swaddling, and then you start to wonder when you should stop swaddling and how the heck you’re going to do that.
After you figure out which swaddle works best for your baby, it can be a lifesaver in the sleep department, particularly if you have a baby with a strong moro startle reflex. As soon as you start to see the positive effects of using the swaddle, you may find yourself starting to worry about how your baby will ever sleep without being swaddled.
In today’s episode, Allison is sharing her thoughts on the ideal time to transition out of the swaddle, and ways you can help your baby through this transition.
Check out Allison’s free class - 5 Common Mistakes That Can Undermine Your Newborns' Sleep
Allison mentioned Episode 76. Q&A - When should I stop putting my child in a sleep sack?
Learn more about the Zipadee-Zip
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
It’s widely believed that a consistent bedtime routine is important. Today, Allison wants to highlight one particular step in your child’s routine that she believes to be particularly worth your attention – the bedtime song. In this episode, she’s explaining the many benefits to ending your child’s bedtime and naptime routine with a simple song.
Allison mentioned Episode 26. 5 Myths About the Crib to Bed Transition
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Want to hear more from Allison? Provide your email address here to receive an email from her each week previewing her new episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
May is Maternal Mental Health Awareness month. Regular listeners know how much importance Allison places on maternal wellness. Today, we are looking at maternal wellness from yet another angle.
For this episode, Allison is joined by Kayce Hodos, a maternal mental health therapist and coach. Allison and Kayce are discussing proactive steps you can take to support a new mom’s mental health during her pregnancy and after the baby is born.
They discuss why a new mom’s mental health is just as important as her physical health, what can be done during pregnancy to prepare for a mentally healthy postpartum, the many ways new parents can find support, the role a partner can play, how to enlist friends and family to help in ways that suit the new mom the best, and much more.
Resources for maternal mental health:
Postpartum.net
National maternal mental health hotline: Call or text 1-833-9-HELP4MOMS or visit the website
Find Kayce on Instagram or on her website
Listen to previous episodes mentioned:
Episode 29. My Postpartum Anxiety Story
Episode 30. How to Keep Reaching for the Light with Britt Davis
Episode 31. Sleep Makes Such a Difference with Caroline Vasquez
Episode 32. Where Did I Go with Ellen Jones and Holly Kennedy
Episode 82. A Husband’s Perspective on the Postpartum Journey
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Most parents want to have a child who is flexible when it comes to their sleep. And children can really vary as to how well they can handle flexibility in their sleep schedule and where they sleep. While Allison doesn’t think you can determine where your child naturally falls on the sleep flexibility scale, she does believe that there are things you can do to maximize your child’s sleep flexibility. Today, she’s walking you through three things that will help you both determine how flexible your child is and maximize that flexibility.
Listen to Episode 79. The Freedom of a Consistent Sleep Schedule
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
Last May, in recognition of Maternal Mental Health Awareness month, we shared several very personal stories of postpartum anxiety and depression across four episodes of How Long ‘Til Bedtime. As we discussed then, it is believed that 1 in 5 new moms experience some level of perinatal mood or anxiety disorder. And when a new mom experiences postpartum anxiety or depression, her partner is 50% more likely to also experience anxiety or depression.
So this year, as a follow up, we wanted to share a slightly different perspective on this very important topic. We have three men chiming in for today’s episode. Mike Vasquez and Todd Kennedy are married to women who shared their postpartum struggles with us in those episodes last May. And Alex Grant is the husband of a member of Allison’s Sleep Tight community. Allison asked Mike, Todd and Alex some questions about their own personal adjustment to parenthood and their experience of having a partner struggle with postpartum anxiety or depression.
Listen to previous episodes mentioned:
Episode 15. How Newborn Moms Can Get 4-5 Hours of Sleep
Episode 29. My Postpartum Anxiety Story
Episode 30. How to Keep Reaching for the Light with Britt Davis
Episode 31. Sleep Makes Such a Difference with Caroline Vasquez
Episode 32. Where Did I Go with Ellen Jones and Holly Kennedy
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with Allison:
Website
YouTube
If you do any research into how much sleep your toddler or preschooler needs, you’ll likely find a range of about 10-14 hours for children ages 2 to 5 years old. That’s a really big range. And each child’s sleep needs are different. How do you know how much sleep YOUR child needs? And how much of it should be nighttime sleep versus daytime naps?
Allison has learned quite a bit on this topic over the almost 7 years she’s been doing one on one coaching with families. She’s putting her experience from working with hundreds of young children to work for you today.
In this episode, Allison is sharing the indicators you can watch for to determine how much sleep is ideal for your child. She’s covering how making sure your child is getting enough sleep can often help them reach developmental milestones. She’ll also share advice on how to get your child more sleep if you find out they aren’t getting enough.
Listen to Episode 1. My Case for an Early Bedtime
Link to May sleep coaching program and sessions with Allison: https://www.allisonegidi.com/ypsc
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
The thought of breaking a child’s thumb or finger sucking habit causes a lot of stress for many parents Allison works with. Today, she is sharing the approach she encourages all of her clients to take. Spoiler alert: having a plan and preparing your child are crucial. Listen in to hear the strategy and language to use with your child in anticipation of the transition and as you’re moving through it.
Listen to Episode 20. Breaking Up With The Pacifier
Allison used this nail polish
Link to May sleep coaching program and sessions with Allison: https://www.allisonegidi.com/ypsc
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Today, Allison is making her case for a consistent nap and sleep schedule for your baby or child. Allison knows that many parents initially resist the idea of putting their baby on a schedule, and often set out as new parents with the goal of being flexible and continuing the “go with the flow” lifestyle they led before becoming parents. She was one of those parents, too – initially. But through her own experience with her first daughter, she learned that there is actually a lot of freedom in the predictability of a schedule. In this episode she explains why that is the case, and urges listeners to consider how some consistency could benefit your family as well.
Check out Episode 29. My Postpartum Anxiety Story
Learn more about working with Allison.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In today’s episode, Allison has a conversation with Michelle Streeter, an infertility and IVF support coach and founder of thrIVF. Michelle opens up about her own experience with infertility and IVF and offers suggestions for how women can cope with the challenges that often come up along the way.
Caring for yourself as you go through this process is paramount and Michelle offers advice on finding joy and the support you need. They also discuss how Michelle’s husband handled their fertility struggle, and what resources are available for men during this journey.
Learn more about Michelle: Website or Instagram
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Providing a consistent sleep environment for your child is important. Two parents living together and parenting as a couple often find it difficult to stay on the same page when it comes to sleep. Obviously, things can be even more challenging when you are co-parenting with a parent who lives in a different home. In today’s episode, Allison is sharing strategies for helping your child maintain healthy sleep habits as they shift back and forth between two homes.
Check out Episode 1. My Case for an Early Bedtime
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Sleep sacks are safe, wearable blankets. Allison often recommends them to her clients, but likely not for the reason most people would suspect. She believes they play a very important role in keeping our toddlers in the crib as long as possible. In this episode, Allison answers the question of how long she recommends parents continue to put their children in sleep sacks.
Check out Episode 26. 5 Myths About the Crib to Bed Transition
Allison mentions:
Kyte Sleep Sack
Woolino Sleep Sack
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
We know busy parents love to try products that come highly recommended from people in their lives. From time-to-time Allison creates an episode highlighting her favorite products. Today, Allison shares 5 products she’s currently loving.
You can use these links to check out these products:
Laundry Bar
Laundry Brush
Book: Summer Island
Makeup Spatula
Over The Sink Drying Rack
Souper Cubes
Explore Allison’s previous 5 recommendations in Episode 39
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Managing bedtimes and midday nap times when a toddler and a baby share a room can be very tricky. And making sure each child gets the sleep they need can be a real challenge. In today’s episode, Allison is offering suggestions for preparing your toddler and baby to share a room, and tips for solving the challenges that often come up along the way.
Allison mentions:
Episode 46. The Key to Success with a Toddler Clock
Dohm white noise
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
This week, Allison is continuing her focus on adult friendships with a conversation with her life-long best friend, Laura Pflum. Allison and Laura share how they’ve maintained their friendship through the many changes they’ve gone through in their lives, and while living far from each other. They discuss how friends can be very different from each other, and how those differences may actually strengthen the bonds between friends and enrich you as an individual. Laura opens up about being vulnerable in order to make new friends in her local area, and the steps she has taken to turn acquaintances into true, close friends.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Today’s episode is focused on adult friendships. Allison is joined by Amanda Sovik-Johnston, a clinical psychologist and the host of the Active & Connected Families podcast. Allison and Amanda discuss the challenges of making new friends as an adult, and the three conditions that must be present for new friendships to develop. They touch on how friendships change and evolve over the seasons of life, and offer tips for nurturing the friendships that matter to you most.
Amanda mentions these resources:
Virginia Family Therapy
Psychology Today
Find Amanda on Instagram
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Did you know that the aches and pains widely referred to as “growing pains” really have nothing to do with growing at all. These common pains, however, can really mess with your child’s sleep.
In today’s episode, Allison is sharing what we know about these pains and two proactive strategies you can use with your child to help them avoid these nighttime pains. Plus, she’ll discuss tips for helping your child find relief if these pains are already an issue.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In today’s episode, Allison is joined by Dr. Danielle Bailey, a pelvic floor physical therapist. They discuss many aspects of the pelvic floor and how it can be affected by pregnancy and giving birth. Dr. Bailey provides a clear explanation of the anatomy and function of the pelvis and pelvic floor and shares the many symptoms a woman may experience and when a pelvic floor physical therapist could help. Allison and Dr. Bailey discuss incontinence or leakage of urine or stool, urgency or frequency of going to the restroom, pain during intercourse, constipation or diarrhea, joint discomfort, diastasis recti (abdominal muscles separating), or pain in the hip, back or tailbone.
Pelvic floor dysfunction can affect all women, regardless of age, whether they have even been pregnant or not, or whether they’ve delivered a baby vaginally or via c-section. Allison asks Dr. Bailey what symptoms warrant a visit to a physical therapist, what to expect during the first visit, whether it’s ever too late to seek help, whether Kegel exercises are still being recommended to women, and even her thoughts on the Squatty Potty.
Dr. Bailey shares why she feels it’s very important for women to be proactive when it comes to the function of their pelvic floor, how she customizes treatment for each woman’s personal situation and offers details on the solutions and strategies she uses with her patients for some of the most common issues women face.
Follow Dr. Bailey on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/360_healthcoach/
Check out Dr. Bailey’s website: https://360hws.com/
Dr. Bailey recommends these websites for more information:
www.apta.org
www.pelvicguru.com
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
How closely linked are teething and sleep? This week on How Long ‘Til Bedtime, we tried something new. We’re calling this episode style Sleep SOS and if you like it, we can start incorporating more of these.
Earlier this week, Allison asked her Instagram community to submit questions about their child’s sleep. Amy, a mom of a 9 month old boy, had a question about teething and what role it might be playing with her son’s struggle to transition down to two naps. Allison shares her thoughts on teething and sleep and her personalized suggestions for Amy.
Click here for the Teething Timetable Allison referenced.
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
How can I help my child sleep better at daycare? This is the question Allison hears from parents daily. Daycare sleep can be tricky, even for babies who sleep well at home. But, there are a few things that can really help improve a child’s daycare sleep.
Whether your child hasn’t yet started daycare or has started and is struggling, take a listen to this episode because Allison is sharing 5 important tips for helping your child sleep better at daycare.
Allison refers to these episodes:
- My Case for an Early Bedtime
- Drowsy But Awake - What You Need to Know
- Drowsy But Awake - Troubleshooting
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In episode 65, Allison discussed the importance of teaching your baby to fall asleep independently by practicing putting them down drowsy but awake. In today’s episode, she’s circling back on this concept to troubleshoot a bit and provide solutions to the number problem parents encounter when they begin working on this with their baby - their baby “wakes up” or cries the moment they are put in the crib.
Allison mentions episode 65. Drowsy But Awake - What You Need to Know
Find more information about Allison’s Have Baby Need Sleep program at https://www.allisonegidi.com/swc-hbns
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
As babies learn to roll it often has a significant impact on sleep. Sometimes it’s a positive impact and sometimes it’s a negative impact. Over the last year, Allison has had more and more families come to her with 6 and 7 month old babies who are not yet rolling and it has increased her interest in learning more about this big milestone.
So today, she’s joined by Dr. Kristi Hammerle of Year One Wellness. Dr. Hammerle is a pediatric physical therapist focused on the first year of life. They discuss when parents can expect a baby to be rolling, reasons a baby may be a late roller, whether it matters if your baby rolls belly to back or back to belly first, exercises you can do with your baby to strengthen the muscles needed for rolling, tips for making tummy time more enjoyable for baby, reasons why babies may need some help with this skill, how parents can find help if they think their baby needs to see a specialist in this area, and so much more.
Links to find out more about Dr. Hammerle:
Website: https://www.yearonewellness.com/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/yearonewellness/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/yearonewellness
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Drowsy but awake is a key piece to the puzzle when you are trying to teach your new baby to sleep for longer stretches at night or working on lengthening naps. But this is easier said than done, right? What does “drowsy but awake” even mean? Many parents tell Allison that they don’t really understand how to teach their baby to be content with being put down awake so they can fall asleep independently.
In today’s episode, Allison is sharing why this is an important skill to teach your baby, at what age you should start working on this, and how exactly to put this idea into practice.
Find more information about Allison’s Have Baby Need Sleep program at https://www.allisonegidi.com/swc-hbns
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Naps during the toddler and preschool years are complicated. If your child is 2 years old or older and is struggling with bedtime, night wakings or early morning wakings, chances are that someone has recommended that you drop their nap. So is that the best answer? That’s what Allison is talking about in today’s episode.
She’s covering why she believes most kids under 3.5 years old can benefit from a nap, what research has shown about kids who continue napping, why dropping the nap should be a gradual process, and how to tell if your child would benefit from keeping the nap or just adding more night sleep. She also covers some of the challenges parents face when it comes to navigating naps at schools and daycares.
Click here for more information about our January sleep coaching program and sessions with Allison: https://www.allisonegidi.com/ypsc
Click here to watch or listen to this episode on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In early elementary school, Allison’s daughter, Addison, faced some challenges as she struggled to learn to read. Thankfully, the story for Addison has a happy ending. She is now a skilled and avid reader. But, Addison’s journey helped Allison uncover a problem with the reading curriculum that exists in many of our nation’s schools. Allison found a tremendous resource that helped her understand this issue better.
In today’s episode, she’s sharing the details of Addison’s personal journey to learn to read, as well as the resource you too can use if your child is having similar struggles.
Listen to Sold a Story: https://features.apmreports.org/sold-a-story/
Click here to watch or listen to this episode on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Allison and her family started a new tradition last year that set the stage for everyone to dream in a way that can impact their day-to-day lives. They took time as a family to come up with a list of their dreams for 2022. Little glimpses of how they were all striving to make these dreams a reality kept popping up throughout the year.
In today’s episode, Allison will share why teaching her kids to dream is important to her. She’ll talk about how they developed their “dream sheet”, tell you a bit about what each of her girls brought to the list, and share how they are going to continue this practice as they ring in 2023.
Allison mentions Episode 27. Nightmares and Night Terrors - What You Need to Know
Click here to watch or listen on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In today’s episode, Allison is reviewing her progress towards reaching the goals she set for herself at the beginning of the year (spoiler alert – everything didn’t go as planned!). She’s checking in on herself and sharing how she did with her system of quarterly check-ins and building the practices she wants to establish in her life. Plus, she shares her plans for habits she wants to go after in 2023.
Listen to Episode 12. New Year Habits
Click here to watch or listen to this episode on YouTube
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Allison shares six sleep products that she and her clients have been loving the most in 2022.
Listen to Episode 22. 4 Tips for Navigating Sleep When Your Child is Sick
Listen to Episode 26. 5 Myths About the Crib to Bed Transition
Listen to Episode 46. The Key to Success with a Toddler Clock
SlumberPod discount code is SLEEPANDWELLNESSCOACH$20 and the link to apply the discount code is: https://glnk.io/5ww4x/sleepandwellness2420
Click here to see the Lotus
Click here to see the NozeBot
Click here to see the Kyte sleep sack
Hatch: Click here to see the two versions of Hatch on their website. Click here to see the less expensive version on Amazon. Click here to see the more expensive version on Amazon.
Solly discount code is SLEEPANDWELLNESSCOACH10 and the link to apply the discount code is: https://glnk.io/3vpo1/sleepandwellnesscoach
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Many of us deal with food allergies or dietary restrictions in our everyday routines. This can be overwhelming at times, but when you add in travel or holiday dining and parties, managing our food choices can be much trickier. Today, Allison shares how she stays gluten free over the holiday season. She touches on how she makes sure she has the correct food for herself no matter if she’s staying at someone else’s home or eating at someone else’s table, and how she prepares for parties and travel.
Listen to:
Episode 42. How I Got Diagnosed With Hashimotos
Episode 48. 5 Things That Improved When I Dropped Gluten
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
The holiday travel season is upon us. You may be preparing to take your family on a long car ride or be flying somewhere. Your travels may be taking you to stay with family or to stay in a hotel. Some children will be sleeping in their own room during these travels and some of you will need to roomshare. And on top of everything else, many will be traveling to different time zones. So today, Allison is sharing tips to help you with all of these different travel scenarios along with her advice on managing family expectations.
Save $20 off a Slumberpod with Allison’s affiliate code, SLEEPANDWELLNESS$20
Allison’s favorite travel white noise machine
Listen to Episode 6. Managing Family Expectations
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
We recently marked the one year anniversary of How Long ‘Til Bedtime. Cue the confetti! Thank you all for listening in and coming along this journey with us. Stay tuned for many more practical solutions as we head into our second year.
Throughout our first year, we invited many guests to share their expertise with us. After each interview, Allison asked each of them some rapid-fire questions unrelated to their area of expertise. Today’s episode is a compilation of all the great “bonus answers” they shared with us. Our twelve guests will share their best parenting advice, book and podcast recommendations, and advice on how parents can take good care of themselves.
Links to all our guest interviews from our first year:
- Helping Your Picky Eater with Alisha Grogan
- Orthodontics Can Improve More Than Just Your Smile with Dr. Andrew Glassick
- Baby Gifts and Registries with Ashley Sharp
- Choosing a Sunscreen with Bev Sidders
- How to Keep Reaching for the Light with Britt Davis
- Sleep Makes Such a Difference with Caroline Vasquez
- Where Did I Go with Ellen Jones and Holly Kennedy
- Exploring Pediatric Dentistry with Dr. Jo Cronly
- Taking the Stress Out of Family Photos with Leah O'Connell
- Parenting Anxious Toddlers and Preschoolers with Natasha Daniels
- Every Breastfeeding & Feeding Journey is Unique with Dr. Stephanie Grice
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram:
https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook:
https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Allison is addressing the two most common questions and concerns she hears from families after the fall time change.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Happy Halloween! Today, Allison shares her approach to Halloween and sleep around this unique day. If your child is nervous, worried or scared before or after Halloween, there are four things you can do to help you get your child’s sleep back on track quickly and avoid a sleep regression. Listen in to hear Allison walk you through all four.
Listen to episode 53. Conquering Nighttime Fears and Nightmares with Addison Egidi
For information about Allison’s personal consultations, visit www.sleepandwellnesscoach.com
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
The dreaded fall time change is upon us again. But there’s no need for concern. Allison has guided her community through this transition for years with great results. Her plan makes it a very quick and mostly painless process. Today she shares how you can help your child smoothly transition to the new time and avoid getting stuck with crazy early wakings. She also discusses where we currently stand as it relates to the proposed end to switching the clocks twice per year (the Sunshine Protection Act).
Click here for the free cheat sheet download Allison created for you
Allison mentions episode 46. The Key to Success with a Toddler Clock
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Today, Allison has a very sweet and informative conversation with her 9 year old daughter, Addison. Good sleep doesn’t come easily to Addison. She’s prone to worrying at bedtime and to having nightmares. Sensitive children like Addison are the children most likely to have a sleep regression triggered by Halloween. So, Allison is talking with Addison about ways to help your child stay on track even if they are exposed to something that could trigger nighttime fears or nightmares during this spooky season. Addison is wise beyond her years and you’re really going to enjoy hearing her take on sleep. This episode will be one to share with your own children.
Click here to listen to episode 16. Helping Your Child Identify As a Good Sleeper with Ainsley Egidi
Click here for more information about Your Preschool Sleep Champion
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In today’s episode, Allison has a fascinating discussion with Dr. Andrew Glassick, an orthodontist in Charlottesville, Virginia. Dr. Glassick developed a real passion for understanding how orthodontics can improve children’s health and sleep after an experience with his daughter prompted him to learn more about how the structure of the face and mouth can play a major role in our sleep and overall health. They discuss many topics that are of interest to parents: when a tongue tie release would be appropriate, the role of myofunctional therapy before and after those procedures, what impact pacifiers and thumb-sucking have our on child’s facial structure, how orthodontic intervention can help children who deal with sleep apnea, bedwetting and even ADHD, and much more. Dr. Glassick shares the ideal time to have your child seen by an orthodontist, what those visits will look like, and how parents can best advocate for their children in this area. We guarantee you are going to learn something new from this episode.
Find out more about Dr. Soroush Zaghi at https://www.zaghimd.com/
Contact Dr. Glassick at https://cvillebraces.com/ or by emailing info@cvillebraces.com
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Today, Allison is responding to several listeners who have asked for advice on how to trust a babysitter to put their child to bed. Once you have bedtime running smoothly, it can be hard to imagine putting that in jeopardy just to have a night out. But, with the right preparation, a night with a babysitter does not have to take your sleep routine off track. In this episode, Allison is outlining things you can do to set both your child and sitter up for success. She’ll also share some common mistakes she hears about from her clients that can easily be avoided.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Allison works with many families who have grandparents taking a very active role in childcare. Having family members help to take care of children brings so many benefits, but it can also provide some challenges. Some parents find it difficult to convince grandparents to follow their child’s sleep plan and schedule. Today, Allison shares some of the reasons why this can be a sticking point for grandparents and offers solutions for getting everyone on the same page.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Allison works with many families who have grandparents taking a very active role in childcare. Having family members help to take care of children brings so many benefits, but it can also provide some challenges. Some parents find it difficult to convince grandparents to follow their child’s sleep plan and schedule. Today, Allison shares some of the reasons why this can be a sticking point for grandparents and offers solutions for getting everyone on the same page.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Today, Allison talks with Leah O’Connell, a family photographer in Charlottesville, Virginia. They discuss how to de-stress a family photo session. There are many great nuggets of advice in this episode, with a lot of laughs sprinkled in, too! Leah advises Allison on:
- how to choose outfits for your family to wear
- how to choose the location, season and time of day for your session
- why your home is a great location for family photos
- tips for including your pets in your photos
- how to achieve natural looking candid shots
- easy approaches for kids who have a hard time smiling authentically in photos
- the importance of working with your partner to choose the right photographer and to set an expectation for the session
- the ideal length of a family session
- and much more
Links to the blog posts Leah mentions:
- https://lofirefly.com/family-photo-location-ideas-in-charlottesville/
- https://lofirefly.com/tips-for-family-photos-with-your-dog/
- Free style guide - 5 steps to simplify your family photo outfits: https://view.flodesk.com/pages/631f8332e7f6956350b439ab
Find Leah at www.lofirefly.com or on Instagram @fireflyphoto_leah
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Today, Allison talks with Leah O’Connell, a family photographer in Charlottesville, Virginia. They discuss how to de-stress a family photo session. There are many great nuggets of advice in this episode, with a lot of laughs sprinkled in, too! Leah advises Allison on:
- how to choose outfits for your family to wear
- how to choose the location, season and time of day for your session
- why your home is a great location for family photos
- tips for including your pets in your photos
- how to achieve natural looking candid shots
- easy approaches for kids who have a hard time smiling authentically in photos
- the importance of working with your partner to choose the right photographer and to set an expectation for the session
- the ideal length of a family session
- and much more
Links to the blog posts Leah mentions:
- https://lofirefly.com/family-photo-location-ideas-in-charlottesville/
- https://lofirefly.com/tips-for-family-photos-with-your-dog/
- Free style guide - 5 steps to simplify your family photo outfits: https://view.flodesk.com/pages/631f8332e7f6956350b439ab
Find Leah at www.lofirefly.com or on Instagram @fireflyphoto_leah
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Allison shared that she’s been diagnosed with Hashimotos disease in episode 42. As a result of her research on how to improve her thyroid condition, she learned that gluten is the number one irritant for people with thyroid issues and Hashimotos. Once she started eliminating gluten in her life, it didn’t take long for her to realize she would never eat gluten again. Today she shares 5 things that improved within 30 days of dropping gluten.
Other episodes Allison references:
-
How I Got Diagnosed With Hashimotos
-
How I Found A Fitness Routine That Stuck
-
Top 5 Ways I Ensure I Get A Good Night Sleep
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Allison shared that she’s been diagnosed with Hashimotos disease in episode 42. As a result of her research on how to improve her thyroid condition, she learned that gluten is the number one irritant for people with thyroid issues and Hashimotos. Once she started eliminating gluten in her life, it didn’t take long for her to realize she would never eat gluten again. Today she shares 5 things that improved within 30 days of dropping gluten.
Other episodes Allison references:
-
How I Got Diagnosed With Hashimotos
-
How I Found A Fitness Routine That Stuck
-
Top 5 Ways I Ensure I Get A Good Night Sleep
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Today, Allison shares why and how she removed screens from her house during the work and school week… and the impact that decision has had. While she strongly recommends that kids have no screens from dinner to bedtime for sleep reasons, she also suggests you might try out this plan for setting a boundary if you are still struggling with screens. She thinks your family dynamic may also shift in a positive way!
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Allison considers toddler clocks the most valuable sleep tool a parent can use for children over the age of 2 years old. Today she shares the one key to ensuring one of these little clocks or lights will become your best parenting hack. Whether you haven’t yet introduced a clock or light system or you previously tried and it wasn’t effective, this episode is for you!
To learn more about Allison’s preschool sleep program with extra support throughout September 2022, visit allisonegidi.com/ypsc
Allison recommends these products:
Newest Hatch with Alexa
Original Hatch without Alexa
Allison mentioned these previous podcast episodes:
-
5 Myths About the Crib to Bed Transition
-
The Truth About Night Lights and Fear of the Dark
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Parents are often anxious about cutting out snacks or milk before bedtime. In today’s episode, Allison shares how bedtime snacks often link to your child’s behavior at dinner and the best way to cut them out with limited drama. She gives you a plan to smoothly remove the bedtime snacks and milk from your child’s routine. She finds that most families can make this change within three nights of sticking to her plan.
Links to the visual timers Allison recommends:
5 Minute Timer
3 Minute Timer
2 Minute Timer
Listen to Episode 13: Helping Your Picky Eater with Alisha Grogan
Click here to get notified with the September preschool sleep coaching opens
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Whether you’re preparing to send your child back to school or you’re already in the throes of the new school year, this episode will help you think about optimal sleep as it relates to school performance. Allison will walk you through how to figure out how much sleep your child needs and how to adjust their schedule if it needs some tweaking after a more relaxed summer.
Click here for information on the September preschool coaching group
Sleep Duration and Kindergarten Adjustment article
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In today’s episode, Allison has a fascinating conversation with Dr. Stephanie Grice, a beloved pediatrician in Charlottesville, Virginia. Allison set out to interview Dr. Grice about the issues families face as they learn to feed their baby, but as they got talking, the conversation ended up more like a chat over coffee than a formal interview. We invite you to listen in as they discuss some of the challenges families face when trying to breastfeed, some of the options available if breastfeeding doesn’t go as planned, whether probiotics for babies are a good idea, how to help babies with reflux, how best to approach your pediatrician with feeding concerns, how best to support a new mom in your life, and so much more. If you’ve ever wished you could just pick your pediatrician’s brain, this is the episode for you.
Connect with Dr. Grice on Instagram
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Did you know that nearly 20 million people suffer from thyroid disease and up to 60% are unaware of it? Or that women are 5-8 times more likely to have thyroid disease? In 2020, Allison learned that she had hypothyroidism, caused by an autoimmune disease called Hashimotos. A routine physical was the beginning of an ongoing health journey for her. She gets lots of questions about her Hashimotos, so in today’s episode she breaks it all down for her listeners.
Click here for more information on Dr. Mark Hyman’s podcast, The Doctor’s Farmacy
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
August is National Breastfeeding Month. In the coming weeks, Allison will have conversations with experts on both breastfeeding and formula feeding. Today, she is sharing her own personal feeding journey. Things didn’t go as she planned with either of her two daughters. This is a candid walk through how she fed her daughters and how she felt along the way. Allison hopes her story helps other new moms who are facing the same challenges feel less alone.
Allison mentions Episode 29: My Postpartum Anxiety Story
Click here for more info about Allison’s Have Baby, Need Sleep Community
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Today, Allison shares her thoughts on a very popular sleep intervention approach for preschoolers and early elementary age children - the bedtime or nighttime pass. She’s not a fan of this method and she wants to help you understand why because it may help you as you evaluate various approaches.
Learn about Allison’s Preschool Sleep Program: Your Preschool Sleep Champion
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
We know busy parents love to try products that come highly recommended from people in their lives. From time-to-time Allison is going to create an episode highlighting her favorite products. Today, Allison shares 5 products she’s currently loving.
You can use these links to check out these products:
Dandelion Turkish Towels
Swim Coverup
Spot Cover For Pimples
Instagram account: @everydayreading
Bookmark with Timer
The Secret Keeper
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In this Q&A episode, Allison tackles a question from an expectant mom. This listener wonders if she should introduce a pacifier to her baby. She’s worried it could negatively affect nursing and she’s concerned about needing to break up with it down the road. Allison provides both the pros and cons of introducing a pacifier, as well as her thoughts on whether introducing one is overall a good idea.
Check out Episode 20: Breaking Up With The Pacifier
Allison’s community likes these pacifiers: BIBS Pacifier, NUK pacifiers, Avent Soothie, Avent Ultra Air, MAM
Link to free newborn class: 5 Common Mistakes That Can Undermine Your Newborn's Sleep
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
As the United States prepares to celebrate July 4th with a long weekend of fireworks, Allison shares thoughts on protecting good sleep for babies, toddlers and preschoolers.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Buckle up listeners, this is a good one. This episode is packed with helpful information. Allison talks to Bev Sidders, a chemical engineer turned licensed master esthetician, about all things sunscreen…. plus a little bonus on bug spray as well.
Each question Allison asks Bev yields tons of great information. Here are some of the highlights: how to choose the right sunscreen for everyone in your family, which sunscreen ingredients you should look for and which you should avoid and why, how to use the EWG app to check the safety of the products your family uses, Bev’s recommendations for specific sunscreen products for the whole family, what SPF we should be using and how often we need to reapply, bug spray brands Bev recommends and tips for applying, how to treat a sunburn, whether sunscreen really expires, whether going outside unprotected to boost Vitamin D levels is a good idea, the scoop on all those foundation and SPF combos out there… and much more.
Notes from Bev:
– choose a 100% mineral sunscreen with zinc oxide and titanium dioxide
– avoid aerosol sprays to limit risk of exposure to benzene
– avoid chemical sunscreens with aminobenzoic acid (PABA) and trolamine salicylate (both were deemed unsafe by the FDA in 2019)
– avoid chemical sunscreens with oxybenzone and octinoxate (both are potential endocrine system disruptors and are not reef safe, but are found in nearly 65% of all non-mineral sunscreens)
– avobenzone is the least dangerous choice if you have to use a chemical sunscreen
– avoid sunscreens containing shea butter, petroleum, sweet almond oil, cocoa butter, retinols and niacinamide if you are prone to acne
You can find out more about Bev or ask her a question on her website, Instagram and Facebook:
www.bevsidders.com
https://www.instagram.com/bevsiddersskincare/
https://www.facebook.com/bevsiddersskincare
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Allison definitely learned from personal experience that summer vacations with infants or young children can be difficult. These adventures definitely can feel more like trips rather than vacations because young children still need round-the-clock care and they have the ability to derail any plans very quickly. In today’s episode, Allison will help you navigate the sleep aspect of your summer travel so all the other pieces can flow more smoothly.
She’ll cover how to work around naps and bedtime when traveling by car, how to best navigate your child’s sleep schedule when flying, how to set up your child’s sleep space in your new location, what items are true necessities when traveling with young children, what to do if you’re sharing a bedroom with your child while you travel, and, probably most importantly, she’ll walk you through how to reset your sleep habits quickly once you’ve come back home.
Allison recommends these products in this episode: travel white noise, Slumber Pod (use code SLEEPANDWELLNESS20 to save $20), travel toddler mattress
Allison mentions episode 26 on the crib to bed transition
Use this link to purchase a 30 minute call with Allison for personalized guidance
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
As summer approaches each year, Allison gets questions about relaxed summer bedtime schedules. Parents wonder whether they can shift bedtime later when kids don’t need to wake for school. Or they need help explaining to their child why they have to go to bed when it’s still light outside.
In today’s episode, Allison will address some things to keep in mind if you’re thinking about summer sleep schedules. She’ll cover how to know if your child can be flexible with their sleep schedule or if they are more sensitive to bedtime changes. She’ll give you some language to use if your child is asking why they need to go to bed when it’s still light outside and how to keep your child’s room dark all year long.
Allison recommends these shades
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Today’s episode is a fun one. Allison shares baby gift and registry tips from the moms in her Have Baby, Need Sleep newborn sleep coaching program and her Sleep Tight community. Ashley Sharp, the owner of Allison’s favorite local baby boutique, Green Bean Baby Boutique, joins Allison to share her product recommendations for babies and moms.
Check out Ashley’s store at Green Bean Baby Boutique or https://www.instagram.com/greenbeancville
CLICK HERE to see items the moms in Allison’s community recommended
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Today we close out our four-part series dedicated to maternal mental health. Allison is joined by two friends, Ellen Jones and Holly Kennedy, who share Allison’s passion for helping new moms and have created a maternal coaching business called Mother Tree Wellness. They share the challenges they faced in their own personal postpartum journeys and offer concrete advice for moms navigating this major life transition.
Ellen and Holly share simple strategies moms can use to orient themselves to motherhood, find their sense of self again after giving birth and use the anchor points in their routines and relationships to find the peace and joy in this new phase of their life. They clarify what exactly maternal coaching is, who can benefit from this service and what other resources are available to new moms. They also provide specific guidance on how partners and those in the new mom’s support network can lend support.
Learn more about Ellen and Holly at www.mothertreewellnessgroup.com or https://www.instagram.com/mothertreemoms
More help is available at Postpartum.net
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Today, we continue our series on maternal mental health with an insightful conversation between Allison and her dear friend, Caroline Vasquez. Caroline candidly shares her personal postpartum depression and anxiety journey in the hopes of helping other new moms. Caroline is a full-time working mom of two and we know many moms will relate to her.
Find more information at Postpartum.net
Allison mentions podcast episode 15: How Newborn Moms Can Get 4-5 Hours of Sleep
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Please be advised that suicide is discussed in this episode.
May is National Mental Health Awareness Month and we are dedicating all of our episodes in May to maternal mental health. Today, Allison has an emotional conversation with her friend, Britt Davis. Britt shares how her own maternal mental health and that of her friend, Allison, have forever changed her life. She shares her thoughts on how new moms, their spouses and the members of their support network can find help when they need it.
Find more information at Postpartum.net
Britt’s IG: https://www.instagram.com/britt7davis/
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
May is Mental Health Awareness Month and this Wednesday, May 4th, is World Maternal Mental Health Day. The purpose of World Maternal Mental Health Day is to raise awareness of maternal mental health issues so that more women will get treated and fewer will suffer. Allison is very passionate about the health of mothers and raising awareness about postpartum depression and anxiety. This week is the start of a 4 week podcast series focused on maternal mental health. In this first episode, Allison shares her own postpartum anxiety and maternal mental health story.
Maternal mental health is such an important topic. If you know an expecting or new mother, we encourage you to check in on them and share this month’s episodes with them. And if you’re struggling, we hope these episodes help you know that you are not alone, that you can get help and you will recover.
Visit postpartum.net for more information and resources about postpartum depression and anxiety
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In last week’s episode we talked about nightmares and night terrors. That topic naturally leads to the conversation of nighttime fears, of which monsters are a common one. Today, Allison shares 3 popular approaches to helping children overcome their fear of monsters or other imaginative creatures and why she doesn’t find these approaches to be helpful. She will also give you the language to use to help your child move past their nighttime fears.
Click here for information about Allison’s Preschool Sleep Program
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Did you know that 40-50% of children will experience nightmares or night terrors? If you have a child who has experienced one or both, you know that these events can be very disruptive to sleep and sometimes they can be disturbing. The good news is that even if you have a child who is prone to nightmares or night terrors, there are things you can do to reduce or even eliminate these sleep disturbances. Today, Allison will help you identify which one you’re dealing with and give you tools to help reduce them.
Find out more about Allison’s Preschool Sleep Program
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Are you considering moving your child from the crib to a bed? Is someone in your life pressuring you to ditch the crib? Trying to prepare for where your child will sleep when you bring a new baby home? Today’s episode is for you. Allison often tells people that one of the most valuable pieces of advice she can give them is to keep their child in the crib longer than they think they need to. In today’s episode, she’s going to explain why she gives that advice and break down 5 myths about the crib to bed transition.
Allison mentions Episode 11: Potty Training Without Disrupting Your Child's Sleep
Her recommended sleep sack
Find out more about Allison’s Preschool Sleep Program
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Sleep is so critical for our health. Allison has made improving her own sleep a true priority for quite some time now. She knows she’s a better parent and overall much more productive if she is well rested. She could talk for hours about all the tactics she’s tried in her quest for restorative sleep. Today, she’s sharing how she tracks her sleep and the top five practices that have made the biggest improvements in the quality of her sleep.
Allison mentioned Episode 15 - How Newborn Moms Can Get 4-5 Hours of Sleep
Whoop referral link: https://join.whoop.com/5E638A
Peloton free pass link: https://www.onepeloton.com/digital/checkout/digital-gp-60d?utm_source=ios_app&utm_medium=in_app&code=8bd06666f1d8440fb5babd659f9c7568&locale=en-US
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Nearly every day, Allison gets a message asking her thoughts on a certain sleep regression. Tired, frustrated parents can find an internet article on a “sleep regression” that occurs almost every month between 3 and 24 months. But are there really this many true developmental sleep leaps? The short answer is no, but listen in to hear Allison’s detailed advice for each of the stages of development during the first two years. She’ll share how to troubleshoot the trigger for a sleep disruption your baby might be experiencing so you can confidently address any problem that’s developed in your house. This will be an episode you’ll refer back to throughout your baby’s first two years. Allison referenced these past episodes:
- Good News About The 4 Month Sleep Regression
- 4 Tips For Navigating Sleep When Your Child Is Sick
- Q&A Struggling with the Transition Down to One Nap
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Oh the dreaded 4 month sleep regression. Or, as Allison prefers to call it, the 4 month sleep PROgression. While this can be a very challenging time for parents, it’s also a sign of good things to come. Today, Allison shares a slight perspective shift that she thinks will make all the difference to how you approach what can be a tricky time. She’ll also share how you can set your baby up to avoid this infamous sleep regression and share some things to keep in mind if your baby’s sleep does start to deteriorate during this period.
Click here for more info on Allison’s Have Baby, Need Sleep Program
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Never fails. Just when sleep is going well in your house, a sickness comes along and messes everything up. Even just a minor cold can wreak havoc on good sleep habits. Today, Allison shares 4 tips for navigating sleep when your child is sick and getting sleep back on track quickly once they are healthy again.
Extra tip: If there is any congestion involved, keep a cool mist humidifier in their room. Allison thinks it’s ideal to keep it running every night during the winter.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Good news! The dreaded daylight saving spring time change is EASIER to navigate than the one in the fall. Today, Allison is going to share how you can have your child adjusted to the new time in ONE DAY. And, she’s going to answer the common question about whether you can use this time change to switch to a later bedtime and later morning wake time.
She’ll share why she doesn’t recommend the method of the gradual shift and walk you through a step-by-step plan for tweaking naps and bedtimes to make this transition as smooth as possible. Parents with newborns not on a schedule yet, she’s got simple guidance for you, too.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
If you’ve introduced a pacifier to your little one, chances are you almost immediately started to wonder how you were ever going to get rid of it. Allison has helped lots of families navigate the process of ditching the pacifier. Today she’s sharing the approach she encourages all of her clients to take. Hint: having a plan and preparing your child are crucial. Listen in to hear the strategy and language to use with your child in anticipation of the transition and as you’re moving through it. Click here for the book Allison mentioned about pacifiers not being forever
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In today’s episode, Allison has a conversation with Dr. Jo Cronly, a pediatric dentist and personal friend of Allison’s. Their conversation touches on so many of the topics parents wrestle with when it comes to helping their children with dental issues. Dr. Cronly is also a mom of three, which makes her perspective even more interesting. She shares her professional advice, but also shares how she integrates good dental habits into her own personal family life. To help you find the advice you need for your family, here are the topics they cover:
- [02:06] the difference between a regular dentist and a pediatric dentist and the benefits of seeing a pediatric dentist
- [05:53] when a child should first see the dentist
- [07:02] the benefits of seeing a dentist early
- [10:42] when should you worry if your child hasn’t gotten their first tooth
- [12:11] whether genetics play a role in when children get teeth
- [14:00] when you should start brushing your child’s teeth or gums
- [16:32] how often and at what time of day children should be brushing
- [17:05] toothpaste: when to use, what type to use and the debate about fluoride
- [21:05] tips for battling a child that resists brushing their teeth
- [26:02] how being a mom has influenced Dr. Cronly as a pediatric dentist
- [27:03] strategies for parents to help their children avoid getting cavities
- [30:35] how important is flossing and how often is enough
- [32:55] how bedtime snacks and drinking milk before bedtime cause a second wind and the problems this causes
- [38:35] the correlation between a child’s dental health and sleep hygiene
- [41:16] Dr. Cronly’s thoughts about the pacifier and thumb-sucking, what to do if removing the pacifier affects your child’s naps
- [55:16] the treatment of lip and tongue ties
- [01:01:17] the use of “laughing gas” or anesthesia for dental work
- 01:06:50] what if there is not a pediatric dentist in your area
- [01:08:40] how to ask Dr. Crony any follow up questions you may have
Click here for Dr. Cronly’s website
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
So many of us are spending much more time at home these days. Sadly, sometimes this means that we don’t have access to the external ways we boost our mental well-being. Today, Allison shares six of the ways she takes good care of herself at home. She urges everyone to consider implementing these ideas to recharge and stay at your best. Here are links to the favorites she mentions in the episode: Best book she read last year: The Secret Keeper Recent book she couldn’t put down in the end: The Lake House
Quick and easy current read: Lucky
Favorite winter tea: Chai Spiced Rooibos
Favorite year round tea: Rose Tea
A solid bedtime tea: Relaxing Tea
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
February is American Heart Month. One of the best ways for us to lower our risk of heart disease is to move our bodies. In today’s episode, Allison shares how she changed her approach to fitness 2.5 years ago and the tools she uses to ensure she continues to fit movement into her weekly schedule. The ways each of us choose to incorporate movement into our lives will vary, but her mindset and the tools she uses to keep her on track will be helpful to us all.
Allison mentions this Huberman podcast episode.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In our sweetest episode so far, Allison is joined by her 7 year old daughter, Ainsley, to discuss the importance of sleep. Ainsley has some very insightful thoughts to share about how being a good sleeper helps her in many areas of her life. Allison advises parents to begin laying the foundation early for their child to think of themselves as someone who sleeps well, or as a “sleep champion”. She recommends that you start talking to your children about sleep at about 18 months old. If you have a child who is 2 years or older, you’ll want to start using her suggested language right away. If your child isn’t a sleep champion just yet, Allison has you covered in this episode as well.
One of the best ways parents can help their kids understand and value sleep is by talking about their own sleep. When you model the way you want your child to feel about sleep, they will, over time, follow your lead. Today’s episode will help you integrate this love of sleep into your family culture. You’ll all be celebrating being sleep champions in no time!
Allison mentioned Kindra Hall’s Change Your Story, Change Your Life.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
As you know, Allison is passionate about helping babies and children sleep. But what you might not know is that Allison is equally as passionate about helping moms with their wellness. And she holds an extra special place in her heart for moms with newborn babies. Those early weeks and months with a new baby are an exciting and special time, but it’s also an exhausting time. Most new moms are struggling to get enough rest. But beyond just being exhausted, 1 in 5 women will be affected by postpartum anxiety and depression. Getting 4-5 hours of uninterrupted sleep is the most effective and least expensive thing a new mother can do to start feeling better. The research supports that 5 hours of uninterrupted sleep can significantly improve a mom’s mental state and well-being. In today’s important episode, Allison will give you many suggestions for getting those 4-5 hours of sleep for yourself. She’ll touch on how to do this whether you’re feeding by bottle or breast, whether you have a partner to pitch in or you have to handle the nights alone.
Allison’s personal postpartum journey was bumpy. She knows now that sleep deprivation was keeping her in an anxious, overwhelmed state and holding her back from being the mom she wanted to be. Today, she shares what she wishes she had done differently. It can be exhausting just thinking about trying to find a way to get 5 hours of sleep. But it’s so important and she urges you to take steps to help yourself in this way.
Click here for Emily Oster’s Cribsheet
You can find more resources for postpartum anxiety and depression at https://www.postpartum.net/
Click here to find out more about Allison’s newborn sleep program
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In today’s Q&A episode, Allison tackles a listener’s question. Melissa’s 3 year old child won’t let Dad put her to bed. This is an issue Allison often helps families navigate. She knows this battle can put quite a strain on families. Typically it’s children resisting having Dad put them to bed, but she’s also worked with children who have a strong preference for their Dad to put them to bed. The good news is that this bedtime parent resistance can generally be fixed within a week! In her usual no-nonsense approach, Allison will walk you through her simple plan for handling this in your home. She’s not trying to change your child’s stance on having a preferred parent at bedtime, but she is going to help your child become comfortable with either parent putting them to bed. She’ll give you steps for each parent to take each night and the language to use with your child to make this a seamless transition.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
It can be so frustrating if you have a child who is a picky eater. It can lead to nutrition concerns and make preparing a family meal very challenging, and time consuming. Allison can relate because her first daughter took well to all of her food introductions (once she got past her gag/vomit struggles!), but her second daughter refused almost all foods right out of the gate. These food struggles went on for a couple of years. Then Allison met Alisha and everything changed! In this episode, licensed pediatric occupational therapist Alisha Grogan will share truly helpful advice about picky eating. What’s normal? When should you start to worry? What are a few things you can do to help set your child up for success? Alisha has helped thousands of families around the world, including Allison’s family.
To sign up for the first class (it’s FREE) Allison took with Alisha, CLICK HERE.
Alisha’s Website: https://yourkidstable.com/
Alisha’s Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/yourkidstable/
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Happy New Year! It’s that time of year - time to hang up that calendar and start those new year’s resolutions. A couple years ago, Allison ditched the idea of resolutions and shifted her focus to setting quarterly habit goals. She’s found it to be much easier to stay motivated for a quarter rather than a full year. Now, instead of one fresh start per year, she gets four! She’s found success with this method and is sharing her process with her listeners. In this episode, she’ll share how her habit goals have progressed quarter by quarter and which habits she is working on now for the upcoming quarter. Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” And if you’re a Spotify listener, you can now leave reviews on Spotify by clicking here. Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
There are many effective approaches to potty training. Allison isn’t in the business of advising you on which approach is right for your family, but she will teach you how to do it without disrupting your child’s sleep. In this episode, she’ll share her thoughts on how to know if it’s the right time to potty train, whether it matters if your child is still in the crib or not, what language to use with your child when it comes to naps and nighttime and which products really helped her family through the potty training process. This important milestone doesn’t have to mess up the healthy sleep habits you have set up in your house. Let Allison and her own family’s experience help keep you on track. Links to products Allison recommends in this episode: potty seat, kids’ cup
Click here for info on Allison’s Preschool Sleep Program!
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
If you’re looking for techniques to help your baby get more nighttime sleep and/or you’re trying to get a longer first stretch of sleep yourself, chances are you’ve tried or are considering trying a dream feed. Virtually all of us know someone who swears the dream feed was key to getting their baby sleeping through the night. Sometimes it works. In fact, Allison often recommends it as a strategy to try before babies are 12 weeks old. But, after 12 weeks, this proactive feeding while your baby is still snoozing has some real potential downsides. In today’s episode, Allison will walk you through the risks with these feedings as babies mature. Tune in to hear Alison’s full advice on dream feeds for your baby, both before the 12 week mark and after.
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Having fears or worries about the dark is something virtually all young children will experience at some point. Setting your child up to confidently move past their concerns and preparing yourself to guide them through this phase can be the difference between a struggle requiring a couple of conversations or it taking weeks, months or even years for your child to overcome this fear. Today, Allison will help listeners understand WHEN children are old enough to actually be scared of the dark, WHERE that fear comes from, and HOW you can set them up to easily move past the fear. She’ll give you step-by-step instructions for setting up the sleep environment for your baby or young child, and how to handle this fear with your child, no matter their age. You’ll learn EXACTLY what to say to help facilitate an end to this idea in your home. Click here to see the light Allison recommends.
Link to Allison’s Preschool Sleep Group Coaching Program (begins January 2022): https://www.allisonegidi.com/preschool-sleep-program
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, rate the podcast, and select “Write a Review.” Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Have you ever wondered if the separation anxiety or anxious behavior your toddler or preschooler is exhibiting is “normal”? Or have you ever felt unsure how to help empower your child when they are anxious? In this episode, anxiety and OCD therapist Natasha Daniels will help us understand what is typical and age appropriate anxious behavior, and she’ll give us tools that will help us empower our children when they feel worried or anxious.
Natasha is the author of How to Parent Your Anxious Toddler, Anxiety Sucks! A Teen Survival Guide, Social Skills Activities for Kids, and It’s Brave to Be Kind. She’s been featured on Huffington Post, Scary Mommy, and The Mighty.
Free Survival Series For Parents Raising Kids With Anxiety or OCD available through December 16, 2021: https://www.atparentingsurvivalseries.com/
Natasha’s Website: https://www.anxioustoddlers.com/
Natasha’s Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/atparentingsurvival/
The worry book Natasha mentions in the podcast: Don’t Feed the WorryBug
Enjoying How Long ‘Til Bedtime? Please consider rating and reviewing the show. This helps Allison support more parents. Click here, scroll to the bottom, tap to rate with 5 stars, and select “Write a Review.” Also, if you subscribe to the show, you won’t miss any episodes!
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Although her focus is on improving children's sleep, Allison cares as much about the health and well-being of moms as she does about the health and well-being of their babies. Moms matter. You matter. And it’s important to remember that you can’t take care of all those around you if you haven’t first taken good care of yourself. In this episode, Allison is going to share what happened to her when she decided to put her own oxygen mask on first. Her decision to prioritize herself has led her on a nearly two year health journey. She is sharing her own personal experience in hopes that all her listeners will consider putting their oxygen masks on as we prepare to enter a new year.
Allison’s health journey has given her several “a-ha” moments about her own wellness, and given her opportunities to educate her daughters about listening to their bodies about their health, too. She feels strongly that taking better care of herself has allowed her to be a better mom each day. She’s asking all moms to take twenty minutes today to set themselves up for better health and wellness in 2022. Listen in to hear her advice on how to do just that.
Rate, Review and Follow on Apple Podcasts
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Each year as the holidays approach, Allison’s clients begin asking for advice about navigating the opinions of family members and managing everyone’s expectations. So many parents battle feelings of dread, guilt and family pressure this time of year. Allison’s first ever podcast guest joins her for this important episode. She and her husband, Mike, have a candid conversation about how they approach this touchy topic in their marriage and with their extended families. They’ll share how advice they received from a marriage counselor years ago has proved to be the one tool that made all the difference. They’ll share their story -- from the rock bottom moment that led to their decision to prioritize their kids’ sleep, to the intentional way they approached their families with this news and how each side of the family reacted. Allison knows listeners will relate to the challenges they faced. Even after they had a plan in place, there were bumps along the way. We know you’ll enjoy hearing their conversation. And we hope it’ll help you and your partner make your own plan for this holiday season and beyond.
Rate, Review and Follow on Apple Podcasts
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
This holiday season, many families are preparing to travel to visit family. Some of these trips will involve long car rides and some will involve air travel. Some families will go for a day trip and some will be away from home for days. Some will stay with family and some will stay in a hotel. Some parents will be sharing a room with their child. And some will travel to different time zones. Each of these scenarios poses its own unique challenges when it comes to keeping your baby or young child sleeping well. No matter what type of travel you have planned, Allison has you covered with tips and proven strategies to help you plan for a smooth trip that ensures everyone can stay well rested to enjoy the holiday fun. In this episode, Allison will share her own personal experiences traveling with her two daughters. She’ll share why prioritizing your child’s daily routine and sleep schedule will help to keep everyone sane during the trip. Because she likes to prepare and have a plan, she always plays out the worst case scenario. Your family will benefit from her planning. She’ll walk you through the steps to take in each travel situation.
Links:
-- Save $20 off a Slumberpod with Allison’s affiliate code, SLEEPANDWELLNESS20.
-- LINK TO TRAVEL WHITE NOISE MACHINE
Rate, Review and Follow on Apple Podcasts
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Is bedtime a struggle in your house? Is it a battle to even get your child to start the bedtime process? Is your child the master of bedtime stall tactics? Does it take your child an hour to fall asleep after you turn off the lights? If you dread bedtime, this is the episode for you. Allison is going to share THREE SIMPLE CHANGES you can make so that bedtime will run smoother -- whether your child is a toddler, preschooler or early elementary age. Allison’s three tips are simple, but incredibly effective. And combining them together is a recipe for real sleep success. You’ll learn that small children need a team captain - someone to hold the structure and limits for the entire family. And Allison will give you clear advice on how to easily move through the hour before bedtime. Listen in and see how much easier bedtime can be.
Rate, Review and Follow on Apple Podcasts
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
The dreaded fall time change is less than one week away. Cue the scary music! Parents fear this day and have nightmare stories about failed attempts at navigating through it in past years. Fear not, friend. Allison is ready to tackle this head-on with you. Once it’s over, she’ll have you thinking of it as a non-event! Tune in to hear what Allison recommends you do BEFORE the time change (hint: it’s easy!) and AFTER we’ve turned the clocks back. She’ll walk through step by step instructions for how to handle this for the entire family on Saturday, Sunday, Monday and beyond.
Does your child use a toddler clock or sleep light? Have you tried an approach to the time change that has not worked in the past for your family? Do you have a brand new baby who is not on a sleep schedule yet? She’s got you covered on all of these topics, too.
Plus, she’ll be live on Facebook and Instagram at 5pm EST on Sunday, November 7th, 2021. She’ll be answering all of your daylight saving questions live. Join her to ask your question if you’ve hit a bump in the road regarding the time change. Or join her to celebrate how well it’s going in your house! Scroll down to find links to the Sleep & Wellness Coach Facebook and Instagram pages.
Rate, Review & Follow on Apple Podcasts
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
In this Q&A episode, Allison tackles a listener’s question about transitioning down from two naps to one. Kelly’s question is one that Allison hears from many parents. This is a roadblock a lot of us struggle with. Allison will give you SPECIFIC instructions on maneuvering through the necessary steps while keeping your child’s sleep in alignment with their circadian rhythm. She’ll walk you through the exact timing of the ideal nap and how to use a rescue bedtime to help if needed. This can be a challenging time. Without a plan, your child may end up overtired, and you may end up frustrated. Listen in and let Allison walk you through this tricky transition so you can avoid feeling stuck.
Rate, Review and Follow on Apple Podcasts
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach
Early bedtimes work. They help babies and children fall into their ideal sleep rhythm, which leads to higher quality, more restorative sleep. But parents can be a bit resistant to the idea of an early bedtime. In this episode, Allison will address WHY she’s such an advocate of early bedtimes and HOW early bedtimes brought her household MORE joy and MORE quality time together. She can identify with parents who have concerns. She resisted this idea for nearly two years herself. She’ll share how her family made the change and walk you through a client’s recent experience with an earlier bedtime as well. You’ll learn the benefits of catching your baby before their second wind kicks in and strategies to help your family set up an earlier bedtime schedule. The end result is a happier, more well rested baby and parents with some extra time to themselves in the evenings. Sounds like it might be worth a try, right?
Rate, Review & Follow on Apple Podcasts
Connect with us on Instagram: https://instagram.com/sleepandwellnesscoach
Connect with us on Facebook: https://facebook.com/SleepandWellnessCoach